GNC CORPORATION FORM 10-K
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                                          to                                         
Commission file number: 333-116040
GNC CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
DELAWARE
   72-1575170
(state or other jurisdiction of
  (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or organization)
  Identification No.)
 
   
300 Sixth Avenue
   15222
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
  (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)
   
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (412) 288-4600
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act: None        
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None        
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
o Yes þ No
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. o Yes þ No
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. þ Yes o No
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated þ
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). o Yes þ No
     As of June 30, 2005, all of the registrant’s common equity was privately held, and there was no public market for the registrant’s common equity nor any publicly available quotations for the registrant’s common equity. As a result, the registrant is unable to calculate the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2005. As of March 1, 2006, 29,546,538 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) were outstanding. All but 2,500 shares of Common Stock are held by affiliates of the registrant or employees of the registrant or its subsidiaries.
 
 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
          Page
           
 
           
  Business     4  
  Risk Factors     16  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     22  
  Properties     23  
  Legal Proceedings     24  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     25  
 
           
           
 
           
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     26  
  Selected Financial Data     27  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation     31  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     48  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     49  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     92  
  Controls and Procedures     92  
  Other Information     92  
 
           
           
 
           
  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant     93  
  Executive Compensation     97  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     105  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions     107  
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services     108  
 
           
           
 
           
  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     109  
 
  Signatures     113  
 EX-21.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1

2


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of GNC Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“GNC” or “the “Company”) (formerly known as General Nutrition Centers Holding Company.) Forward-looking statements may relate to our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future revenues or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs, and other information that is not historical information. Discussions containing such forward-looking statements may be found in Items 1, 2, 3, 7 and 7A hereof, as well as within this Report generally. In addition, when used in this Report, the words “subject to,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “can,” or the negative thereof, or variations thereon, or similar expressions, or discussions of strategy, are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are inherently uncertain.
     All forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, our examination of historical operating trends, are based upon our current expectations and various assumptions. We believe there is a reasonable basis for our expectations and beliefs, but we may not realize our expectations and our beliefs may not prove correct. Actual results could differ materially from those described or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements include, among others:
    significant competition in our industry;
 
    unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products;
 
    the incurrence of material product liability and product recall costs;
 
    costs of compliance and our failure to comply with governmental regulations;
 
    the failure of our franchisees to conduct their operations profitably;
 
    economic, political and other risks associated with our international operations;
 
    our failure to keep pace with the demands of our customers for new products and services;
 
    disruptions in our manufacturing system or losses of manufacturing certifications;
 
    the lack of long-term experience with human consumption of some of our products with innovative ingredients;
 
    increases in the frequency and severity of insurance claims, particularly claims for which we are self-insured;
 
    loss or retirement of key members of management;
 
    increases in the cost of borrowings and unavailability of additional debt or equity capital;
 
    the impact of our substantial indebtedness on our operating income and our ability to grow; and
 
    the failure to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights against competitors.
     Consequently, such forward-looking statements should be regarded solely as the Company’s current plans, estimates and beliefs. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The Company cannot guarantee future results, events, levels of activity, performance or achievements. The Company does not undertake and specifically declines any obligation to update, republish or revise forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrences of unanticipated events.
     Industry data used throughout this Report was obtained from industry publications and internal Company estimates. While the Company believes such information to be reliable, its accuracy has not been independently verified and cannot be guaranteed.

3


Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
GNC Corporation
     We are the largest global specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, which include vitamins, minerals and herbal supplements (“VMHS“), sports nutrition products, diet products and other wellness products. We derive our revenues principally from product sales through our company-owned stores and gnc.com, franchise activities and sales of products manufactured in our facilities to third parties. We sell products through a worldwide network of more than 5,800 locations operating under the GNC® brand name. Our product mix, which is focused on high-margin, value-added nutritional products, is sold under our GNC proprietary brands, including Mega Men®, Ultra Mega®, Pro Performance®, Total Lean™ and Preventive Nutrition®, and under nationally recognized third-party brands.
     Our principal executive offices are located at 300 Sixth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222, and our telephone number is (412) 288-4600. We also maintain a website at gnc.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are available, free of charge on our website or upon written request to 300 Sixth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222, Attention: Chief Legal Officer, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference in this Report and shall not be deemed “filed” under the Exchange Act.
     In this Report, unless the context requires otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company” or “GNC” refer to GNC Corporation and its subsidiaries and, for the periods prior to December 5, 2003, our predecessor.
Company History
     We are a holding company and all of our operations are conducted through our operating subsidiaries. We were formed as a Delaware corporation in November 2003 by Apollo Management V, L.P. (“Apollo Management V”), an affiliate thereof and certain members of our management to acquire General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (“GNCI”) from Numico USA. GNCI was acquired in August 1999 by Numico Investment Corp. (‘‘NIC’’) which, subsequent to the acquisition, was merged into GNCI. NIC was a wholly owned subsidiary of an entity ultimately merged into Numico USA. Numico USA is a wholly owned subsidiary of Koninklijke (Royal) Numico N.V., a Dutch public company. Prior to the acquisition by NIC in 1999, GNCI was a publicly traded company, listed on the Nasdaq National Market.
     On December 5, 2003, our wholly owned subsidiary and operating company, General Nutrition Centers, Inc. (“Centers”) purchased 100% of the outstanding equity interests of GNCI from Numico (the “Acquisition”). Accordingly, the financial results described and presented below represent the Company’s results for the years 2005 and 2004 and the aggregate financial results of the Company for the 27 days ended December 31, 2003, and GNCI’s results from January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003. Simultaneously with the closing of the Acquisition, Centers entered into credit facilities with a syndicate of lenders, consisting of a term loan facility and a revolving credit facility. Centers borrowed the full amount of the term loan facility to fund a portion of the Acquisition purchase price, but made no borrowings under the revolving credit facility. Our obligations under the credit facilities are guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries. Centers also used the net proceeds from the offering of our 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010 to fund a portion of the Acquisition purchase price. In addition, we received an equity contribution in exchange for our common and preferred stock from GNC Investors, LLC, its principal stockholder. We contributed the full amount of the equity contribution to Centers to fund a portion of the Acquisition purchase price. Our equity sponsor subsequently resold all of our preferred stock to other institutional investors.
     Our equity sponsor held approximately 97% of our outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2005. Apollo Investment Fund V, L.P. (“Apollo Investment V”), together with related co-investment entities (collectively, ‘Apollo Funds V’’) and other institutional investors own all of the equity interests of our equity sponsor, with Apollo Funds V owning approximately 76% of such equity interests.

4


Table of Contents

     Business Overview
     The following charts illustrate, for the year ended December 31, 2005, the percentage of our net revenues generated by our three business segments and the percentage of our net U.S. retail supplement revenues generated by our product categories:
(PIE CHART)
(PIE CHART)
  Retail Locations
     Our retail network represents the largest specialty retail store network in the nutritional supplements industry according to the Nutritional Business Journal’s 2005 Supplement Business Report (the “2005 NBJ Report”). As of December 31, 2005, there were 5,813 GNC store locations globally, including: (1) 2,517 company-owned in the United States (all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico); (2) 133 company-owned in Canada; (3) 1,156 domestic franchises; (4) 858 international franchises; and (5) 1,149 GNC “store-within-a-store” locations under our strategic alliance with Rite Aid Corporation. Most of our company-owned and franchised U.S. stores are between 1,000 and 2,000 square feet and are located in shopping malls and strip shopping centers. In addition to our retail locations, on December 28, 2005, we also started selling products through our website, gnc.com.
  Franchise Activities
     We generate income from franchise activities primarily through product sales to franchisees, royalties on franchise retail sales and franchise fees. To assist our franchisees in the successful operation of their stores and to protect our brand image, we offer a number of services to franchisees including training, site selection, construction assistance and accounting services. We believe that our franchise program enhances our brand awareness and market presence and will enable us to expand our store base internationally with limited capital expenditures by us.
  Store-Within-a-Store Locations
     To increase brand awareness and promote access to customers who may not frequent specialty nutrition stores, we entered into a strategic alliance with Rite Aid to open our GNC “store-within-a-store” locations. Through this strategic alliance, we generate revenues from sales to Rite Aid of our products at wholesale prices, the manufacture of Rite Aid private label products and retail sales of certain consigned inventory. In May 2004, we extended our alliance with Rite Aid through April 30, 2009, with Rite Aid’s commitment to open 300 new store-within-a-store locations by December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2005, Rite Aid had opened 172 of these 300 new store-within-a-store locations.

5


Table of Contents

  Products
          We offer a wide range of high-quality nutritional supplements sold under our GNC proprietary brand names and under nationally recognized third-party brand names. Sales of our proprietary brands at our company-owned stores represented approximately 47% of our net retail product revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005.
  Marketing
          We market our proprietary brands of nutritional products through an integrated marketing program that includes television, print and radio media, storefront graphics, direct mailings to members of our Gold Card program and point of purchase promotional materials.
  Manufacturing and Distribution
          With our technologically sophisticated manufacturing and distribution facilities supporting our retail stores, we are a low-cost, vertically integrated producer and supplier of high-quality nutritional supplements. By controlling the production and distribution of our proprietary products, we can protect product quality, monitor delivery times and maintain appropriate inventory levels.
Industry Overview
          According to the 2005 NBJ Report, which utilized data through the end of 2004, the U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry, which includes nutritional supplements sold through all channels, is large and highly fragmented, with no single industry participant accounting for a majority of total industry retail sales in 2004. Participants include specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, mail order companies and a variety of other smaller participants. The nutritional supplements sold through these channels are divided into four major product categories: VMHS; sports nutrition products; diet products; and other wellness products. Most supermarkets, drugstores and mass merchants have narrow nutritional supplement product offerings limited primarily to simple vitamins and herbs, with less knowledgeable sales associates than specialty retailers. We believe that these merchants’ shares of the nutritional supplements market over the last five years has remained relatively constant.
          According to the 2005 NBJ Report, “Sales of supplements grew fairly steadily on the strength of vitamins until the 1990s. Then the broader introduction of herbal, botanical and other alternative supplements—stimulated and supported further by the passage of DSHEA in 1994—caused the overall supplement category to break through for a high-growth period of five or six years until around 1998. During 1994-1998 supplement sales grew more rapidly than the overall nutrition industry, itself sustaining strong growth rates of near 10% during those years, thanks in part to supplements, but also consistent growth in natural foods. The year 1999 featured a turnaround when supplement sales first showed considerable signs of weakness and the business suddenly ‘matured’ with 4% growth. In 2004, supplements grew 2.6% and the total nutrition industry 7.8%. NBJ forecasts average annual growth in the supplement business of 4% for the period 2005-2013. Fluctuations resulting from new products, new science, new regulations, newly allowed claims and the ever-changing economy are expected, if not directly forecast.”
          Several demographic, healthcare and lifestyle trends are expected to drive the continued growth of the nutritional supplements industry. These trends include:
    Aging Population: The average age of the U.S. population is increasing. U.S. Census Bureau data indicates that the number of Americans age 65 or older is expected to increase by 54% from 2000 to 2010. We believe that these consumers are significantly more likely to use VMHS products than younger persons.
 
    Rising Healthcare Costs and Use of Preventive Measures: Healthcare related costs have increased substantially in the United States. A preliminary survey released by Mercer Human Resource Consulting in 2005 found that employers anticipate an almost 10% increase in health care costs in the next year, about three times the rate of general inflation, if they leave benefits unchanged. To reduce medical costs and avoid the complexities of dealing with the healthcare system, many consumers take preventive measures, including alternative medicines and nutritional supplements.
 
    Increasing Focus on Fitness: In total, U.S. health club membership increased 4.9% between January 2004 and January 2005, from 39.4 million members to a record 41.3 million and has grown 40% from 29.5 million in 2003, according to the International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association. We believe that fitness-oriented consumers are interested in taking sports nutrition products to increase energy, endurance and strength during exercise.

6


Table of Contents

    Increasing Incidence of Obesity: The Centers for Disease Control and The National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey estimates that 64% of adults in the United States are either overweight or obese. Obesity may lead to more serious health conditions, such as diabetes, heart disease and high blood pressure. At any one time, more than 25% of men and 45% of women are dieting.
Products
     We offer a wide range of high-quality nutritional supplements sold under our GNC proprietary brand names, including Mega Men, Ultra Mega, Pro Performance, Total Lean and Preventive Nutrition, and under nationally recognized third-party brand names. We operate in four major nutritional supplement categories: VMHS; sports nutrition products; diet products; and other wellness products. We offer an extensive mix of brands and products, including approximately 2,100 SKUs across multiple categories. This variety is designed to provide our customers with a vast selection of products to fit their specific needs. Sales of our proprietary brands at our company-owned stores represented approximately 47% of our net retail product revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005.
     Products are delivered to our retail stores through our distribution operations located in Leetsdale, Pennsylvania; Anderson, South Carolina; and Phoenix, Arizona. Our distribution centers support our company-owned stores as well as franchised stores and Rite Aid locations. Our distribution fleet delivers our finished goods and third-party products through our distribution centers to our company-owned and domestic franchise stores on a weekly or biweekly basis depending on the sales volume of the store. Each of our distribution centers has a quality control department that monitors products received from our vendors to ensure quality standards.
     Based on data collected from our point of sale systems (POS), excluding certain required accounting adjustments of $3.0, $3.4 and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, below is a comparison of our company-owned domestic store retail product sales by major product category and the respective percentage of our company-owned domestic store retail product sales for the period shown (previously this table contained a fifth category that is now collapsed and redistributed into the remaining four categories and the prior years have been adjusted to be comparable with the current year’s presentation):
                                                 
    Year ended December 31,
U.S. Retail Product Categories:   2005   2004   2003 (1)
    (in thousands)
VMHS
  $ 377.7       40.6 %   $ 362.6       38.4 %     364.5       36.1 %
Sports Nutrition Products
    330.3       35.5 %     293.2       31.1 %     300.2       29.7 %
Diet and Weight Management Products
    135.2       14.5 %     193.1       20.5 %     265.6       26.3 %
Other Wellness Products
    87.8       9.4 %     95.1       10.0 %     79.6       7.9 %
             
Total U.S. Retail revenues
  $ 931.0       100.0 %   $ 944.0       100.0 %   $ 1,009.9       100.0 %
             
 
(1)   This data is shown on a combined basis for comparability purposes and represents the sum of the period from January 1, 2003 through December 4, 2003 and the 27 days ended December 31, 2003.
  VMHS
          We sell vitamins and minerals in single vitamin and multi-vitamin form and in different potency levels. Our vitamin and mineral products are available in liquid, tablets, soft gelatin and hard-shell capsules and powder forms. Many of our special vitamin and mineral formulations, such as Mega Men and Ultra Mega, are available only at GNC locations. In addition to our selection of VMHS products with unique formulations, we also offer the full range of standard “alphabet” vitamins. We sell herbal supplements in various solid dosage and soft gelatin capsules, tea and liquid forms. We have consolidated our traditional herbal offerings under a single umbrella brand, Herbal Plus®. In addition to the Herbal Plus line, we offer a full line of whole food-based supplements and top selling herb and natural remedy products. Our target customers for VMHS products are women over the age of 35.
  Sports Nutrition Products
          Sports nutrition products are designed to be taken in conjunction with an exercise and fitness regimen. Our target consumer for sports nutrition products is the 18-49 year old male. We typically offer a broad selection of sports nutrition products, such as protein and weight gain powders, sports drinks, sports bars and high potency vitamin formulations, including GNC brands such as Pro Performance and popular third-party products.

7


Table of Contents

  Diet Products
          Diet products consist of various formulas designed to supplement the diet and exercise plans of weight conscious consumers. Our target consumer for diet products is the 18-49 year old female. We typically offer a variety of diet products, including pills, meal replacements, shakes, diet bars and teas. Our retail stores offer our proprietary and third-party products suitable for different diet and weight management approaches, including low-carbohydrate and products designed to increase thermogenesis (a change in the body’s metabolic rate measured in terms of calories) and metabolism. We also offer several diet products, including our Total Lean and our Body Answers™ product lines.
  Other Wellness Products
          Other Wellness Products is a comprehensive category that consists of sales of our Gold Card preferred membership and sales of other nonsupplement products, including cosmetics, food items, health management products, books and video tapes.
  Product Development
          We believe a key driver of customer traffic and purchases is the introduction of new products. According to the GNC 2005 Awareness Tracking Study Report by Parker Marketing Research Innovators (the “2004 Parker Awareness Study”), approximately 50% of consumers surveyed rated the availability of “new, innovative products” as extremely or very important when making purchase decisions and rated this as one of our competitive strengths. We identify changing customer trends through interactions with our customers and leading industry vendors to assist in the development, manufacturing and marketing of our new products. We develop proprietary products independently and through the collaborative effort of our dedicated development team. During 2005, we targeted our product development efforts on sports nutrition products, diverse diet products and other wellness products.
  Research and Development
          We have an internal research and development group that performs scientific research on potential new products and enhancements to existing products, in part to assist our product development team in creating new products, and in part to support claims that may be made as to the purpose and function of the product. We incurred $0.8 million, $1.7 million, $0.1 million and $1.0 million in our internal research and development for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 and the period from January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003, respectively. Additionally, prior to the Acquisition, Numico provided research and development services and allocated costs to us of $4.2 million, for the period from January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003.
Business Segments
          We generate revenues primarily from our three business segments, Retail, Franchise and Manufacturing/ Wholesale. The following chart outlines our business segments and the historical contribution to our consolidated revenues by those segments, after intercompany eliminations. For a description of operating income (loss) by business segment, our total assets by business segment, total revenues by geographic area and total assets by geographic area, see the “Segments” note to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.
                                                                   
    Successor     Predecessor
                                    27 Days ended     Period ended
    Year ended December 31,   December 31,     December 4,
    2005   2004   2003     2003
   
(dollars in millions)
 
Retail
  $ 989.5       75.1 %   $ 1,001.8       74.5 %   $ 66.2       74.1 %     $ 993.3       74.1 %
Franchise
    212.8       16.1 %     226.5       16.8 %     14.2       15.9 %       241.3       18.0 %
Manufacturing/Wholesale (Third Party)
    115.4       8.8 %     116.4       8.7 %     8.9       10.0 %       105.6       7.9 %
                   
Total
  $ 1,317.7       100.0 %   $ 1,344.7       100.0 %   $ 89.3       100.0 %     $ 1,340.2       100.0 %
                   

8


Table of Contents

Retail
     Our Retail segment generates revenues from sales of products to customers at our company-owned stores in the United States and Canada and on December 28, 2005 we started selling products through our website, gnc.com.
  Locations
     As of December 31, 2005, we operated 2,650 company-owned stores across 50 states and in Canada, Puerto Rico and Washington, D.C. Most of our U.S. company-owned stores are between 1,000 and 2,000 square feet and are located primarily in shopping malls and strip shopping centers. Traditional mall and strip center locations typically generate a large percentage of our total retail sales. With the exception of our downtown stores, all of our company-owned stores follow one of two consistent formats, one for mall locations and one for strip shopping center locations. Our store graphics are periodically redesigned to better identify with our GNC customers and provide product information to allow the consumer to make educated decisions regarding product purchases and usage. Our product labeling is consistent within our product lines and the stores are designed to present a unified approach to packaging with emphasis on added information for the consumer. As an on going practice, we continue to reset and upgrade all of our company-owned stores to maintain a more modern and customer-friendly layout, while promoting our GNC Live Well theme.
  Franchise
     Our Franchise segment is comprised of our domestic and international franchise operations. Our Franchise segment generates revenues from franchise activities primarily through product sales to franchisees, royalties on franchise retail sales and franchise fees.
     As a means of enhancing our operating performance and building our store base, we began opening franchised locations in 1988. As of December 31, 2005, there were 2,014 franchised stores operating, including 1,156 stores in the United States and 858 stores operating in international locations. Approximately 88% of our franchises in the United States are in strip shopping centers and are typically between 1,000 and 1,800 square feet. The international franchised stores are smaller, typically between 600 and 650 square feet and, depending upon the country and cultural preferences, are located in mall, strip shopping center, street or store-within-a-store locations. Typically, our international stores have a store format and signage similar to our U.S. franchised stores. To assist our franchisees in the successful operation of their stores and to protect our brand image, we offer site selection, construction assistance, accounting services and a three-part training program, which consists of classroom instruction, training in a company-owned location and actual on-site training after the franchised store opens. We believe we have good relationships with our franchisees, as evidenced by our franchisee renewal rate of over 93% between 2001 and 2005. In addition, we do not have heavy reliance on any single franchise operator in the United States, as the largest franchisee owns and/or operates 15 store locations.
     All of our franchised stores in the United States offer both our proprietary products and third-party products, with a product selection similar to that of our company-owned stores. Our international franchised stores offer a more limited product selection than our franchised stores in the United States. Products are distributed to our franchised stores in the United States through our distribution centers and transportation fleet in the same manner as our company-owned stores.
  Franchises in the United States
     Revenues from our franchisees in the United States accounted for approximately 78% of our total franchise revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005. In 2005, new franchisees in the United States were required to pay an initial fee of $40,000 for a franchise license. Existing GNC franchise operators may purchase an additional franchise license for a $30,000 fee. We typically offer limited financing to qualified franchisees in the United States for terms up to five years. Once a store begins operations, franchisees are required to pay us a continuing royalty of 6% of sales and contribute 3% of sales to a national advertising fund. Our standard franchise agreements for the United States are effective for a ten-year period with two five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term and each of the renewal periods, the renewal fee is generally 33% of the franchisee fee that is then in effect. The franchisee renewal option is at our election for all franchise agreements executed after December 1995. Our franchisees in the United States receive limited geographical exclusivity and are required to follow the GNC store format.
     Franchisees must meet certain minimum standards and duties prescribed by our franchise operations manual and we conduct periodic field visit reports to ensure our minimum standards are maintained. Generally, we enter into a five-year lease with one five-year renewal option with landlords for our franchised locations in the United States. This allows us to secure space at cost-effective rates, which we sublease to our franchisees at cost. By subleasing to our franchisees, we have greater control over the location and have greater bargaining power for lease negotiations than an individual franchisee typically would have, and we can elect not to renew subleases for underperforming locations. If a

9


Table of Contents

franchisee does not meet specified performance and appearance criteria, the franchise agreement outlines the procedures under which we are permitted to terminate the franchise agreement. In these situations, we may take possession of the location, inventory, and equipment, and operate the store as a company-owned store or re-franchise the location. Our U.S. franchise agreements and operations in the United States are regulated by the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”). See “—Government Regulation” and “—Franchise Regulation”.
  International Franchises
     Revenues from our international franchisees accounted for approximately 22% of our total franchise revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005. In 2005, new international franchisees were required to pay an average initial fee of approximately $20,000 for a franchise license for each store and on average continuing royalty fees of approximately 5%, with fees and royalties varying depending on the country and the store type. Our franchise program has enabled us to expand into international markets with limited capital expenditures. We expanded our international presence from 457 international franchised locations at the end of 2001 to 858 international locations as of December 31, 2005, without incurring any capital expenditures related to this expansion. Our international franchised stores generate greater sales per square foot of store space than our domestic store locations. However, we typically generate less revenue from franchises outside the United States due to lower international royalty rates and due to the franchisees purchasing a smaller percentage of products from us compared to our domestic franchisees.
     Franchisees in international locations enter into development agreements with us for either full-size stores, a store-within-a-store at a host location, or wholesale distribution center operations. The development agreement grants the franchisee the right to develop a specific number of stores in a territory, often the entire country. The international franchisee then enters into a franchise agreement for each location. The full-size store franchise agreement has an initial ten-year term with two five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term and renewal periods, the international franchisee has the option to renew the agreement at 33% of the franchise fee that is then in effect. Franchise agreements for international store-within-a-store locations have an initial term of five years, with two five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term and each of the renewal periods, the international franchisee of a store-within-a-store location has the option to renew the agreement for 50% of the franchise fee that is then in effect. Our international franchisees often receive exclusive franchising rights to the entire country franchised, excluding military bases. Our international franchisee must meet minimum standards and duties similar to our U.S. franchisees and our international franchise agreements and international operations may be regulated by various state, local and international laws. See “—Government Regulation” and “—Franchise Regulation”.
Manufacturing/Wholesale
     Our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment is comprised of our manufacturing operations in South Carolina and Australia and our wholesale sales business. This segment supplies our Retail and Franchise segments as well as various third parties with finished products. Our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment generates revenues through sales of manufactured products to third parties, and the sale of our proprietary and third-party brand products to Rite Aid and drugstore.com. Our wholesale operations, including our Rite Aid and drugstore.com wholesale operations, are supported primarily by our Anderson, South Carolina distribution center.
  Manufacturing
     Our technologically sophisticated manufacturing and warehousing facilities support our Retail and Franchise segments and enable us to control the production and distribution of our proprietary products, to better control costs, to protect product quality, to monitor delivery times and to maintain appropriate inventory levels. We operate two main manufacturing facilities in the United States, one in Greenville, South Carolina and one in Anderson, South Carolina. We also operate a smaller facility in Australia. We utilize our plants in the United States primarily for the production of proprietary products. Our manufacturing operations are designed to allow low-cost production of a variety of products of different quantities, sizes and packaging configurations while maintaining strict levels of quality control. Our manufacturing procedures are designed to promote consistency and quality in our finished goods. We conduct sample testing on raw materials and finished products, including weight, purity and micro-bacterial testing. Our manufacturing facilities also service our wholesale operations, including the manufacture and supply of Rite Aid private label products for distribution to Rite Aid locations. We also use our available capacity at these facilities to produce products for sale to third-party customers.
     The principal raw materials used in the manufacturing process are natural and synthetic vitamins, herbs, minerals and gelatin. We maintain multiple sources for the majority of our raw materials, with the remaining being single-sourced due to the uniqueness of the material. As of December 31, 2005, no one vendor supplied more than 10% of our raw materials. Our distribution fleet delivers raw materials and components to our manufacturing facilities and also delivers our finished goods and third-party products to our distribution centers.

10


Table of Contents

  Wholesale
          Store-Within-a-Store Locations
          To increase brand awareness and promote access to customers who may not frequent specialty nutrition stores, we entered into a strategic alliance with Rite Aid to open GNC store-within-a-store locations. As of December 31, 2005, we had 1,149 store-within-a-store locations. Through this strategic alliance, we generate revenues from sales to Rite Aid of our products at wholesale prices, the manufacture of Rite Aid private label products, retail sales of certain consigned inventory and license fees. We are Rite Aid’s sole supplier for the PharmAssure® vitamin brand and a number of Rite Aid private label supplements. In May 2004, we extended our alliance with Rite Aid through April 30, 2009, with Rite Aid’s commitment to open 300 new store-within-a-store locations by December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2005, Rite Aid had opened 172 of these 300 new store-within-a-store locations.
          Distribution Agreement with drugstore.com
          We have an internet distribution agreement with drugstore.com, inc., the initial term of which expires in July 2009. Through this strategic alliance, drugstore.com became the exclusive internet retailer of our proprietary products, the PharmAssure® vitamin brand and certain other nutritional supplements through June 2005, subject to early termination provisions. This alliance allows us to access a larger base of customer, who may not otherwise live close to, or have the time to visit, a GNC store. We generate revenues from the distribution agreement with drugstore.com through sales of our proprietary and third-party products on a wholesale basis and through retail sales of certain other products on a consignment basis.
Employees
          As of December 31, 2005, we had a total of 4,870 full-time and 7,545 part-time employees, of whom approximately 10,137 were employed in our Retail segment; 37 were employed in our Franchise segment; 1,145 were employed in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment; 471 were employed in corporate support functions; and 625 were employed in Canada. None of our employees belongs to a union or is a party to any collective bargaining or similar agreement. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.
Competition
          The U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry is a large, highly fragmented and growing industry, with no single industry participant accounting for a majority of total industry retail sales. Competition is based primarily on price, quality and assortment of products, customer service, marketing support and availability of new products. In addition, the market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products.
          We compete with publicly owned and privately owned companies, which are highly fragmented in terms of geographical market coverage and product categories. We compete with other specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, mail order companies, other internet sites, and a variety of other smaller participants. In addition, the market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, including various prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. In the United States, we compete with supermarkets, drugstores and mass merchants with heavily advertised national brands manufactured by large pharmaceutical and food companies and other retailers. Most supermarkets, drugstores and mass merchants have narrow product offerings limited primarily to simple vitamins and herbs and popular third-party diet products. Our international competitors also include large international pharmacy chains and major international supermarket chains as well as other large U.S.-based companies with international operations. Our wholesale and manufacturing operations also compete with other wholesalers and manufacturers of third-party nutritional supplements.
Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property
          We believe trademark protection is particularly important to the maintenance of the recognized brand names under which we market our products. We own or have rights to material trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the sale of our products, including the GNC brand name. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our competitive position. We protect our intellectual property rights through a variety of methods, including trademark, patent and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with vendors, employees, consultants and others who have access to our proprietary information. Protection of our intellectual property often affords us the opportunity to enhance our position in the marketplace by precluding our competitors from using or otherwise exploiting our technology and brands. We are also a party to several intellectual property license agreements relating to certain of

11


Table of Contents

our products. For example, several of our products are covered by patents which we license from Numico. The scope and duration of our intellectual property protection varies throughout the world by jurisdiction and by individual product.
Insurance and Risk Management
          We purchase insurance to cover standard risks in the nutritional supplements industry, including policies to cover general products liability, workers compensation, auto liability and other casualty and property risks. Our insurance rates are dependent upon our safety record as well as trends in the insurance industry. We also maintain workers compensation insurance and auto insurance policies that are retrospective in that the cost per year will vary depending on the frequency and severity of claims in the policy year. Prior to the Acquisition, we were covered by some of Numico’s insurance policies. Following the consummation of the Acquisition, we obtained our own insurance policies to replace those Numico policies, including policies for general product liability. We currently maintain product liability insurance and general liability insurance.
          We face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that, among other things, the use of products sold by GNC results in injury. With respect to product liability coverage, we carry insurance coverage typical of our industry and product lines. Our coverage involves self-insured retentions with primary and excess liability coverage above the retention amount. We have the ability to refer claims to most of our vendors and their insurers to pay the costs associated with any claims arising from such vendors’ products. In most cases, our insurance covers such claims that are not adequately covered by a vendor’s insurance and provides for excess secondary coverage above the limits provided by our product vendors.
          We self-insure certain property and casualty risks due to our analysis of the risk, the frequency and severity of a loss and the cost of insurance for the risk. We believe that the amount of self-insurance is not significant and will not have an adverse impact on our performance. In addition, we may from time to time self-insure liability with respect to specific ingredients in products that we may sell.
Government Regulation
  Product Regulation
          Domestic
          The processing, formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising and distribution of our products are subject to regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the FTC, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the United States Department of Agriculture and the Environmental Protection Agency. These activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. Pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”), the FDA regulates the formulation, safety, manufacture, packaging, labeling and distribution of dietary supplements, (including vitamins, minerals and herbs) and over-the-counter drugs. The FTC has jurisdiction to regulate the advertising of these products.
          The FDCA has been amended several times with respect to dietary supplements, in particular by the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994 (“DSHEA”). DSHEA established a new framework governing the composition, safety, labeling and marketing of dietary supplements. “Dietary supplements” are defined as vitamins, minerals, herbs, other botanicals, amino acids and other dietary substances for human use to supplement the diet, as well as concentrates, metabolites, constituents, extracts or combinations of such dietary ingredients. Generally, under DSHEA, dietary ingredients that were on the market prior to October 15, 1994 may be used in dietary supplements without notifying the FDA. “New” dietary ingredients (i.e., dietary ingredients that were “not marketed in the United States before October 15, 1994”) must be the subject of a new dietary ingredient notification submitted to the FDA unless the ingredient has been “present in the food supply as an article used for food” without being “chemically altered.” A new dietary ingredient notification must provide the FDA evidence of a “history of use or other evidence of safety” establishing that use of the dietary ingredient “will reasonably be expected to be safe.” A new dietary ingredient notification must be submitted to the FDA at least 75 days before the initial marketing of the new dietary ingredient. There is no certainty that the FDA will accept any particular evidence of safety for any new dietary ingredient. The FDA’s refusal to accept such evidence could prevent the marketing of such dietary ingredients.
          The FDA issued a consumer warning in 1996, followed by proposed regulations in 1997, covering dietary supplements that contain ephedra or an active substance, ephedrine alkaloids. In February 2003 the Department of Health and Human Services announced a series of actions that the Department of Health and Human Services and the FDA planned to execute with respect to products containing ephedra, including the solicitation of evidence regarding the significant or unreasonable risk of illness or injury from dietary supplements containing ephedra and the immediate execution of a series of actions against ephedra products making unsubstantiated claims about sports performance

12


Table of Contents

enhancement. In addition, many states proposed regulations and three states enacted laws restricting the promotion and distribution of ephedra-containing dietary supplements. The botanical ingredient ephedra was formerly used in several third-party and private label dietary supplement products. In January 2003, we began focusing our diet category on products that would replace ephedra products. In early 2003, we instructed all of our locations to stop selling products containing ephedra that were manufactured by GNC or one of our affiliates. Subsequently, we instructed all of our locations to stop selling any products containing ephedra by June 30, 2003. Sales of products containing ephedra amounted to approximately $35.2 million or 3.3% of our retail sales in 2003 and $182.9 million, or 17.1% of our retail sales in 2002. In February 2004, the FDA issued a final regulation declaring dietary supplements containing ephedra illegal under the FDCA because they present an unreasonable risk of illness or injury under the conditions of use recommended or suggested in labeling, or if no conditions of use are suggested or recommended in labeling, under ordinary conditions of use. The rule took effect April 12, 2004 and banned the sale of dietary supplement products containing ephedra. Similarly, the FDA issued a consumer advisory in 2002 with respect to dietary supplements that contain the ingredient Kava, and the FDA is currently investigating adverse effects associated with ingestion of this ingredient. One of our subsidiaries, Nutra Manufacturing, Inc. (formerly known as Nutricia Manufacturing USA, Inc.) manufactured products containing Kava Kava from December 1995 until August 2002. All stores were instructed to stop selling products containing Kava Kava in December 2002. The FDA could take similar actions against other products or product ingredients which it determines present an unreasonable health risk to consumers.
          DSHEA permits “statements of nutritional support” to be included in labeling for dietary supplements without FDA pre-market approval. Such statements must be submitted to the FDA within 30 days of marketing and must bear a label disclosure that “This statement has not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. This product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure, or prevent any disease.” Such statements may describe how a particular dietary ingredient affects the structure, function or general well-being of the body, or the mechanism of action by which a dietary ingredient may affect body structure, function or well-being, but may not expressly or implicitly represent that a dietary supplement will diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat or prevent a disease. A company that uses a statement of nutritional support in labeling must possess scientific evidence substantiating that the statement is truthful and not misleading. If the FDA determines that a particular statement of nutritional support is an unacceptable drug claim or an unauthorized version of a “health claim,” or, if the FDA determines that a particular claim is not adequately supported by existing scientific data or is false or misleading, we would be prevented from using the claim.
          In addition, DSHEA provides that so-called “third-party literature,” e.g., a reprint of a peer-reviewed scientific publication linking a particular dietary ingredient with health benefits, may be used “in connection with the sale of a dietary supplement to consumers” without the literature being subject to regulation as labeling. Such literature: (1) must not be false or misleading; (2) may not “promote” a particular manufacturer or brand of dietary supplement; (3) must present a balanced view of the available scientific information on the subject matter; (4) if displayed in an establishment, must be physically separate from the dietary supplements; and (5) should not have appended to it any information by sticker or any other method. If the literature fails to satisfy each of these requirements, we may be prevented from disseminating such literature with our products, and any dissemination could subject our product to regulatory action as an illegal drug.
          We expect that the FDA will adopt in the near future the final regulations, proposed on March 13, 2003, regarding Good Manufacturing Practice in manufacturing, packing or holding dietary ingredients and dietary supplements authorized by DSHEA. These regulations would require dietary supplements to be prepared, packaged and held in compliance with certain rules and might require quality control provisions similar to those in the Good Manufacturing Practice regulations for drugs. We or our third-party suppliers or vendors may not be able to comply with the new rules without incurring substantial additional expenses. In addition, if our third-party suppliers or vendors are not able to timely comply with the new rules, we may experience increased costs or delays in obtaining certain raw materials and third-party products.
          The FDA has broad authority to enforce the provisions of the FDCA applicable to dietary supplements, including powers to issue a public warning letter to a company, to publicize information about illegal products, to request a recall of illegal products from the market and to request the Department of Justice to initiate a seizure action, an injunction action or a criminal prosecution in the United States courts. The regulation of dietary supplements may increase or become more restrictive in the future.
          Legislation is pending in the Senate under S. 1137 and in the House of Representatives under H.R. 3156 which if passed would impose substantial new regulatory requirements for dietary supplements. S. 1137 seeks to subject the dietary ingredient, dehydroepiandrosterone (“DHEA”), to the requirements of the Controlled Substances Act, which would prevent our ability to sell products containing DHEA. H.R. 3156 seeks to impose adverse event reporting, product listing with the FDA and other requirements. Key members of Congress and the dietary supplement industry have indicated that they have reached agreement to support legislation requiring adverse event reporting related to serious adverse events. If enacted, S. 1137 and H.R. 3156 would raise our costs and hinder our business. In October 2004,

13


Table of Contents

legislation was passed subjecting specified substances formerly used in some dietary supplements, such as androstenedione or ‘‘andro,’’ to the requirements of the Controlled Substances Act. Under the 2004 law, these substances can no longer be sold as dietary supplements.
          The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of dietary supplements. In recent years, the FTC has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. We continue to be subject to three consent orders issued by the FTC. In 1984, the FTC instituted an investigation of General Nutrition, Incorporated, one of our subsidiaries, alleging deceptive acts and practices in connection with the advertising and marketing of certain of its products. General Nutrition, Incorporated accepted a proposed consent order which was finalized in 1989, under which it agreed to refrain from, among other things, making certain claims with respect to certain of its products unless the claims are based on and substantiated by reliable and competent scientific evidence. We also entered into a consent order in 1970 with the FTC, which generally addressed ‘‘iron deficiency anemia’’ type products. As a result of routine monitoring by the FTC, disputes arose concerning its compliance with these orders and with regard to advertising for certain hair care products. While General Nutrition, Incorporated believes that, at all times, it operated in material compliance with the orders, it entered into a settlement in 1994 with the FTC to avoid protracted litigation. As a part of this settlement, General Nutrition, Incorporated entered into a consent decree and paid, without admitting liability, a civil penalty in the amount of $2.4 million and agreed to adhere to the terms of the 1970 and 1989 consent orders and to abide by the provisions of the settlement document concerning hair care products. We do not believe that future compliance with the outstanding consent decrees will materially affect our business operations. In 2000, the FTC amended the 1970 order to clarify language in the 1970 order that was believed to be ambiguous and outmoded.
          The FTC continues to monitor our advertising and, from time to time, requests substantiation with respect to such advertising to assess compliance with the various outstanding consent decrees and with the Federal Trade Commission Act. Our policy is to use advertising that complies with the consent decrees and applicable regulations. We review all products brought into our distribution centers to assure that such products and their labels comply with the consent decrees. We also review the use of third-party point of purchase materials such as store signs and promotional brochures. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that inadvertent failures to comply with the consent decrees and applicable regulations will not occur. Some of the products sold by franchised stores are purchased by franchisees directly from other vendors and these products do not flow through our distribution centers. Although franchise contracts contain strict requirements for store operations, including compliance with federal, state and local laws and regulations, we cannot exercise the same degree of control over franchisees as we do over our company-owned stores. As a result of our efforts to comply with applicable statutes and regulations, we have from time to time reformulated, eliminated or relabeled certain of our products and revised certain provisions of our sales and marketing program. We believe we are in material compliance with the various consent decrees and with applicable federal, state and local rules and regulations concerning our products and marketing program. Compliance with the provisions of national, state and local environmental laws and regulations has not had a material effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings, financial position, liquidity or competitive position.
          Foreign
          Our products sold in foreign countries are also subject to regulation under various national, local and international laws that include provisions governing, among other things, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising and distribution of dietary supplements and over-the-counter drugs. Government regulations in foreign countries may prevent or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of certain of our products.
          We cannot determine what effect additional domestic or international governmental legislation, regulations or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, would have on our business in the future. New legislation or regulations may require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, require the recall or discontinuance of certain products not capable of reformulation, impose additional record keeping or require expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling or scientific substantiation.
  Franchise Regulation
          We must comply with regulations adopted by the FTC and with several state laws that regulate the offer and sale of franchises. The FTC’s Trade Regulation Rule on Franchising and certain state laws require that we furnish prospective franchisees with a franchise offering circular containing information prescribed by the Trade Regulation Rule on Franchising and applicable state laws and regulations.
          We also must comply with a number of state laws that regulate some substantive aspects of the franchisor-franchisee relationship. These laws may limit a franchisor’s business practices in a number of ways, including limiting the ability to:

14


Table of Contents

    terminate or not renew a franchise without good cause;
 
    interfere with the right of free association among franchisees;
 
    disapprove the transfer of a franchise;
 
    discriminate among franchisees with regard to charges, royalties and other fees; and
 
    place new stores near existing franchises.
     To date, these laws have not precluded us from seeking franchisees in any given area and have not had a material adverse effect on our operations. Bills intended to regulate certain aspects of franchise relationships have been introduced into Congress on several occasions during the last decade, but none have been enacted.
     Our international franchise agreements and franchise operations are regulated by various foreign laws, rules and regulations. To date, these laws have not precluded us from seeking franchisees in any given area and have not had a material adverse effect on our operations.
  Environmental Compliance
     We are subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations governing our operations, including the handling, transportation and disposal of our products and our non-hazardous and hazardous substances and wastes, as well as emissions and discharges into the environment, including discharges to air, surface water and groundwater. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in costs for corrective action, penalties or the imposition of other liabilities. Changes in laws or the interpretation thereof or the development of new facts could also cause us to incur additional capital and operation expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental laws and regulations. We also are subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and cleanup responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment without regard to fault or knowledge about the condition or action causing the liability. Under certain of these laws and regulations, such liabilities can be imposed for cleanup of previously owned or operated properties, or properties to which substances or wastes were sent by current or former operations at our facilities. The presence of contamination from such substances or wastes could also adversely affect our ability to sell or lease our properties, or to use them as collateral for financing. From time to time, we have incurred costs and obligations for correcting environmental noncompliance matters and for remediation at or relating to certain of our properties. We believe we have complied with, and are currently complying with, our environmental obligations to date and that such liabilities will not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial performance. However, it is difficult to predict future liabilities and obligations which could be material.

15


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
     The following risk factors, among others, could cause our financial performance to differ significantly from the goals, plans, objectives, intentions and expectations expressed in this Report. If any of the following risks and uncertainties or other risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or not currently considered to be material actually occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could be harmed substantially.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
We operate in a highly competitive industry. Our failure to compete effectively could adversely affect our market share, revenues and growth prospects.
     The U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry is a large, highly fragmented and growing industry, with no single industry participant accounting for majority of total industry retail sales. Participants include specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, on-line merchants, mail order companies and a variety of other smaller participants. The market is also highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, including various prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. In the United States, we also compete for sales with heavily advertised national brands manufactured by large pharmaceutical and food companies, as well as other retailers. In addition, as certain products become more mainstream, we experience increased competition for those products as more participants enter the market. For example, as the trend in favor of low-carbohydrate products has developed, we have experienced increased competition for our diet products from supermarkets, drug stores, mass merchants and other food companies, which has adversely affected sales of our diet products. Our international competitors also include large international pharmacy chains, major international supermarket chains and other large U.S.-based companies with international operations. Our wholesale and manufacturing operations also compete with other wholesalers and manufacturers of third-party nutritional supplements. We may not be able to compete effectively and our attempt to do so may require us to reduce our prices, which may result in lower margins. Failure to effectively compete could adversely affect our market share, revenues and growth prospects.
Unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products and any similar products distributed by other companies could cause fluctuations in our operating results and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, the demand for our products and our ability to generate revenues.
     We are highly dependent upon consumer perception regarding the safety and quality of our products, as well as similar products distributed by other companies. Consumer perception of products can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, national media attention and other publicity about product use. A product may be received favorably, resulting in high sales associated with that product that may not be sustainable as consumer preferences change. Future scientific research or publicity could be unfavorable to our industry or any of our particular products and may not be consistent with earlier favorable research or publicity. A future research report or publicity that is perceived by our consumers as less favorable or that questions such earlier research or publicity could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenues. For example, sales of some of our VMHS products, such as St. John’s Wort, Sam-e and Melatonin and more recently sales of Vitamin E, were initially strong, but decreased substantially as a result of negative publicity. As a result of the above factors, our operations may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, which may impair our ability to make payments when due on our indebtedness. Period-to-period comparisons of our results should not be relied upon as a measure of our future performance. Adverse publicity in the form of published scientific research or otherwise, whether or not accurate, that associates consumption of our products or any other similar products with illness or other adverse effects, that questions the benefits of our or similar products or that claims that any such products are ineffective could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, the demand for our products and our ability to generate revenues.
We may incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our reputation, revenues and operating income.
     As a retailer, distributor and manufacturer of products designed for human consumption, we are subject to product liability claims if the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in injury. Our products consist of vitamins, minerals, herbs and other ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. Our products could contain contaminated substances, and some of our products contain innovative ingredients that do not have long histories of human consumption. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients could occur. In addition, many of the products we sell are produced by third-party manufacturers. As a distributor of products manufactured by third parties, we may also be liable for various product liability claims for products we do not manufacture. We have been in the past, and may be in the future, subject to various product liability claims, including, among others, that our products include inadequate

16


Table of Contents

instructions for use or inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects and interactions with other substances. For example, as of December 31, 2005, we have been named as a defendant in 227 pending cases involving the sale of products that contain ephedra. See Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” in this Report. A product liability claim against us could result in increased costs and could adversely affect our reputation with our customers, which in turn could adversely affect our revenues and operating income. All claims to date have been tendered to the third-party manufacturer or to our insurer and we have incurred no expense to date with respect to litigation involving ephedra products. Furthermore, we are entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra sold prior to December 5, 2003. All of the pending cases relate to products sold prior to such time and, accordingly, we are entitled to indemnification from Numico for all of the pending cases.
Changes in our management team could affect our business strategy and adversely impact our performance and results of operations.
     In November 2005, our board of directors appointed Joseph Fortunato, our Chief Operating Officer, as our Chief Executive Officer and Robert Homler was promoted to Chief Operating Officer. In addition, during 2005, two of our then key officers resigned, including our former Chief Executive Officer, who served in that position for approximately five months. These and other changes in management could result in changes to, or impact the execution of, our business strategy. Any such changes could be significant and could have a negative impact on our performance and results of operations. In addition, if we are unable to successfully transition members of management into their new positions, management resources could be constrained.
Compliance with new and existing governmental regulations could increase our costs significantly and adversely affect our results of operations.
     The processing, formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising and distribution of our products are subject to federal laws and regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the FDA, the FTC, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the United States Department of Agriculture and the Environmental Protection Agency. These activities are also regulated by various state, local and international laws and agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. Government regulations may prevent or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of our products, which could result in lost revenues and increased costs to us. In addition, we may be unable to market particular products or use certain statements of nutritional support on our products as a result of regulatory determinations, which could adversely affect our sales of those products. The FDA also could require us to remove a particular product from the market. For example, in April 2004, the FDA banned the sale of products containing ephedra. Sale of products containing ephedra amounted to approximately $35.2 million, or 3.3% of our retail sales, in 2003 and approximately $182.9 million, or 17.1% of our retail sales, in 2002. Any future recall or removal would result in additional costs to us, including lost revenues from any additional products that we are required to remove from the market, any of which could be material. Any such product recalls or removals could also lead to liability, substantial costs and reduced growth prospects.
     Additional or more stringent regulations of dietary supplements and other products have been considered from time to time. Such developments could require reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, recalls or discontinuance of certain products not able to be reformulated, additional record-keeping requirements, increased documentation of the properties of certain products, additional or different labeling, additional scientific substantiation, adverse event reporting or other new requirements. Any such developments could increase our costs significantly. For example, legislation has been introduced in Congress to impose substantial new regulatory requirements for dietary supplements including adverse event reporting and other requirements. Key members of Congress and the dietary supplement industry have indicated that they have reached an agreement to support legislation requiring adverse event reporting. If enacted, new legislation could raise our costs and negatively impact our business. In addition, we expect that the FDA soon will adopt the proposed rules on Good Manufacturing Practice in manufacturing, packaging or holding dietary ingredients and dietary supplements, which will apply to the products we manufacture. We may not be able to comply with the new rules without incurring additional expenses, which could be significant. See “Business— Government Regulation—Product Regulation” included elsewhere in this Report for additional information.
A substantial amount of our revenues are generated from our franchisees, and our revenues could decrease significantly if our franchisees do not conduct their operations profitably or if we fail to attract new franchisees.
     As of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, approximately 35% and 36%, respectively, of our retail locations were operated by franchisees. Approximately 16% and 17% of our revenues were generated from our franchise operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. Our revenues from franchised stores depend on the franchisees’ ability to operate their stores profitably and adhere to our franchise standards. The closing of unprofitable stores or the failure of franchisees to comply with our policies could adversely

17


Table of Contents

affect our reputation and could reduce the amount of our franchise revenues. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and operating income.
     If we are unable to attract new franchisees or to convince existing franchisees to open additional stores, any growth in royalties from franchised stores will depend solely upon increases in revenues at existing franchised stores, which could be minimal. In addition, our ability to open additional franchised locations is limited by the territorial restrictions in our existing franchise agreements as well as our ability to identify additional markets in the United States and Canada that are not currently saturated with the products we offer. If we are unable to open additional franchised locations, we will have to sustain additional growth internally by attracting new and repeat customers to our existing locations. If we are unable to do so, our revenues and operating income may decline significantly.
Economic, political and other risks associated with our international operations could adversely affect our revenues and international growth prospects.
     As of December 31, 2005, we had 858 international franchised stores in 40 international markets. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, 8.2% and 7.1%, respectively, of our revenues were derived from our international operations. As part of our business strategy, we intend to expand our international franchise presence. Our international operations are subject to a number of risks inherent to operating in foreign countries, and any expansion of our international operations will exacerbate the effects of these risks. These risks include, among others:
    political and economic instability of foreign markets;
 
    foreign governments’ restrictive trade policies;
 
    inconsistent product regulation or sudden policy changes by foreign agencies or governments;
 
    the imposition of, or increase in, duties, taxes, government royalties or non-tariff trade barriers;
 
    difficulty in collecting international accounts receivable and potentially longer payment cycles;
 
    increased costs in maintaining international franchise and marketing efforts;
 
    difficulty in operating our manufacturing facility abroad and procuring supplies from overseas suppliers;
 
    exchange controls;
 
    problems entering international markets with different cultural bases and consumer preferences; and
 
    fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
 
      Any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our international operations and our growth strategy.
Our failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer preferences and demand for new products and services could significantly harm our customer relationships and product sales.
     Our business is particularly subject to changing consumer trends and preferences, especially with respect to the diet category. For example, the recent trend in favor of low-carbohydrate diets was not as dependent on diet products as many other dietary programs, which caused (and may continue to cause) a significant reduction in sales in our diet category. Our continued success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes, and we may not respond in a timely or commercially appropriate manner to such changes. If we are unable to do so, our customer relationships and product sales could be harmed significantly.
     Furthermore, the nutritional supplement industry is characterized by rapid and frequent changes in demand for products and new product introductions. Our failure to accurately predict these trends could negatively impact consumer opinion of our stores as a source for the latest products, which in turn could harm our customer relationships and cause losses to our market share. The success of our new product offerings depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

18


Table of Contents

    accurately anticipate customer needs;
 
    innovate and develop new products;
 
    successfully commercialize new products in a timely manner;
 
    price our products competitively;
 
    manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and in a timely manner; and
 
    differentiate our product offerings from those of our competitors.
     If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of our products could be rendered obsolete, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and operating results.
We rely on our manufacturing operations to produce nearly all of the proprietary products we sell. Disruptions in our manufacturing system or losses of manufacturing certifications could adversely affect our sales and customer relationships.
     For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, our manufacturing operations produced approximately 35% of the products we sold. Other than powders and liquids, nearly all of our proprietary products are produced in our manufacturing facility located in Greenville, South Carolina. As of December 31, 2005, no one vendor supplied more than 10% of our raw materials. In the event any of our third-party suppliers or vendors were to become unable or unwilling to continue to provide raw materials in the required volumes and quality levels or in a timely manner, we would be required to identify and obtain acceptable replacement supply sources. If we are unable to obtain alternative suppliers, our business could be adversely affected. Any significant disruption in our operations at this facility for any reason, such as regulatory requirements and loss of certifications, power interruptions, fires, hurricanes, war or other force majeure, could disrupt our supply of products, adversely affecting our sales and customer relationships.
Our failure to comply with FTC regulations and existing consent decrees imposed on us by the FTC could result in substantial monetary penalties and could adversely affect our operating results.
     The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of dietary supplements and has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies, including us, for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. As a result of these enforcement actions, we are currently subject to three consent decrees that limit our ability to make certain claims with respect to our products and required us to pay civil penalties. Failures by us or our franchisees to comply with the consent decrees and applicable regulations could occur from time to time. Violations of these orders could result in substantial monetary penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
If we fail to protect our brand name, competitors may adopt trade names that dilute the value of our brand name.
     We have invested significant resources to promote our GNC brand name in order to obtain the public recognition that we have today. However, we may be unable or unwilling to strictly enforce our trademark in each jurisdiction in which we do business. In addition, because of the differences in foreign trademark laws concerning proprietary rights, our trademark may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as it does in the United States. Also, we may not always be able to successfully enforce our trademark against competitors, or against challenges by others. For example, a third party is currently challenging our right to register in the United States certain marks that incorporate our “GNC Live Well” trademark. Our failure to successfully protect our trademark could diminish the value and efficacy of our past and future marketing efforts, and could cause customer confusion, which could, in turn, adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
Intellectual property litigation and infringement claims against us could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from manufacturing, selling or using some aspect of our products, which could adversely affect our revenues and market share.
     We may be subject to intellectual property litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from manufacturing, selling or using some aspect of our products. Claims of intellectual property infringement also may require us to enter into costly royalty or license agreements. However, we

19


Table of Contents

may be unable to obtain royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us or at all. Claims that our technology or products infringe on intellectual property rights could be costly and would divert the attention of management and key personnel, which in turn could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
We are not insured for a significant portion of our claims exposure, which could materially and adversely affect our operating income and profitability.
     The Company has procured insurance independently for such areas as: (1) general liability; (2) product liability; (3) directors and officers liability; (4) property insurance; and (5) ocean marine insurance. The Company self-insurance for such areas as: (1) medical benefits; (2) worker’s compensation coverage in the State of New York, with a stop loss of $250,000; (3) physical damage to the Company’s tractors, trailers and fleet vehicles for field personnel use; and (4) physical damages that may occur at the corporate store locations. We are not insured for certain property and casualty risks due to the frequency and severity of a loss, the cost of insurance and the overall risk analysis. In addition, we carry product liability insurance coverage that requires us to pay deductibles/retentions with primary and excess liability coverage above the deductible/retention amount. Because of our deductibles and self-insured retention amounts, we have significant exposure to fluctuations in the number and severity of claims. We currently maintain product liability insurance with a retention of $1.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained loss of $10.0 million. As a result, our insurance and claims expense could increase in the future. Alternatively, we could raise our deductibles/retentions, which would increase our already significant exposure to expense from claims. If any claim were to exceed our coverage, we would bear the excess expense, in addition to our other self-insured amounts. If the frequency or severity of claims or our expenses increase, our operating income and profitability could be materially adversely affected. See Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” in this Report.
Franchise regulations could limit our ability to terminate or replace under-performing franchises, which could adversely impact franchise revenues.
     As a franchisor, we are subject to federal, state and international laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises. These laws impose registration and extensive disclosure requirements on the offer and sale of franchises. These laws frequently apply substantive standards to the relationship between franchisor and franchisee and limit the ability of a franchisor to terminate or refuse to renew a franchise. We may, therefore, be required to retain an under-performing franchise and may be unable to replace the franchisee, which could adversely impact franchise revenues. In addition, the nature and effect of any future legislation or regulation on our franchise operations cannot be predicted.
Our controlling stockholder may take actions that conflict with other stockholders and investors interests. This control may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes of control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of other stockholders to approve transactions they may deem to be in their best interest.
     Pursuant to our stockholders’ agreement, each of our current stockholders, including GNC Investors, LLC (the “Principal Stockholder”), has irrevocably granted to, and has appointed, Apollo Investment V as its proxy and attorney-in-fact to vote all of the shares of our Common Stock held by such stockholder at any time for all matters subject to the vote of the stockholders in the manner determined by Apollo Investment V in its sole and absolute discretion, whether at any meeting of the stockholders or by written consent or otherwise. The proxy remains in effect for so long as Apollo Funds V and our Principal Stockholder in certain circumstances, own at least 2,100,000 shares of our Common Stock. As a result, Apollo Investment V, through Apollo Management V as its manager, will be able to exercise control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions, and it will have significant control over our management and policies. This control may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other stockholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in their best interest.
Risks Related to Our Substantial Indebtedness
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and otherwise adversely impact our operating income and growth prospects.
     As of December 31, 2005, our total indebtedness was approximately $473.4 million, and we had an additional $66.4 million available for borrowing on a secured basis under our $75.0 million revolving credit facility after giving effect to the use of $8.6 million of the revolving credit facility to secure letters of credit.

20


Table of Contents

     Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:
    require us to use all or a large portion of our cash to pay principal and interest on our indebtedness, which could reduce the availability of our cash to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other business activities;
 
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
    restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or exploiting business opportunities;
 
    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness;
 
    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
 
    limit our ability to borrow additional funds, dispose of assets or pay cash dividends.
     Furthermore, all of our indebtedness under our credit facilities bears interest at variable rates. If these rates were to increase significantly, our ability to borrow additional funds may be reduced and the risks related to our substantial indebtedness would intensify.
     If we are unable to meet our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, we could be forced to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, seek equity financing or sell assets. If we are unable to restructure, refinance or sell assets in a timely manner or on terms satisfactory to us, we may default under our obligations. As of December 31, 2005, substantially all of our indebtedness described above was subject to acceleration clauses. A default on any of our indebtedness obligations could trigger these acceleration clauses and cause those and our other obligations to become immediately due and payable. Upon an acceleration of such indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments under our indebtedness.
We will require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control and, as a result, we may not be able to make payments on our debt obligations.
     Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, and to fund planned capital expenditures, product development efforts and other business activities, will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject, to a certain extent, to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
     We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations, to realize anticipated cost savings and operating improvements on schedule or at all, to obtain future borrowings under our credit facilities or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we do not have sufficient liquidity, we may need to refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity, sell assets or borrow more money. We may not be able to do so on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
Despite our and our subsidiaries’ current significant level of indebtedness, we may still be able to incur more indebtedness, which would increase the risks described above.
     We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including secured indebtedness. Although our credit facilities, the indenture governing Centers’ 8 5/8% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “Senior Notes”) and the indenture governing Centers’ 81/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”) contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If additional indebtedness is added to our or our subsidiaries’ current levels of indebtedness, the substantial risks described above would increase.

21


Table of Contents

Our indebtedness imposes restrictions on us that may affect our ability to successfully operate our business and our ability to make payments on our indebtedness.
     The credit facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes and the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes include certain covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:
    incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock;
 
    make restricted payments;
 
    waive restrictions on the ability of certain subsidiaries to make distributions;
 
    sell assets;
 
    enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and
 
    create liens.
     We are also required by our credit facilities to maintain certain financial ratios, including, but not limited to, fixed charge coverage and maximum total leverage ratios. These covenants in our debt instruments may restrict our ability to expand or to fully pursue our business strategies and opportunities. Our ability to comply with these and other provisions of the indenture governing the Senior Notes, the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes and the credit facilities may be affected by changes in our operating and financial performance, changes in general business and economic conditions, adverse regulatory developments or other events beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our indebtedness, which could cause those and other obligations to become immediately due and payable. If any of our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not be able to repay it.
We are a holding company and therefore depend on our subsidiaries to service our debt. Earnings from our operating subsidiaries may not be sufficient to fund our operations and we may be unable to make payments on our debt obligations.
     We have no direct operations and no significant assets other than the stock of our subsidiaries. Because we conduct our operations through our operating subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including payments on our debt. Under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, these operating subsidiaries may not be sufficient to make distributions to enable us to pay interest on our debt obligations when due or the principal of such debt at maturity.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

22


Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
     As of December 31, 2005, there were 5,813 GNC store locations globally, including: (1) 2,517 company-owned in the United States (all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico); (2) 133 company-owned in Canada; (3) 1,156 domestic franchises; (4) 858 international franchises; and (5) 1,149 GNC “store-within-a-store” locations under our strategic alliance with Rite Aid Corporation. All but one of our stores are located on leased premises that typically range in size from 1,000 to 2,000 square feet. In our Franchise segment, substantially all of our franchised stores in the United States and Canada are located on premises we lease and then sublease to our respective franchisees. All of our franchised stores in 40 international locations, except Canada, are owned or leased directly by our franchisees. No single store is material to our operations.
     In our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment, we lease facilities for manufacturing, packaging, warehousing and distribution operations. We manufacture a majority of our proprietary products at a 230,000 square foot facility in Greenville, South Carolina. We also lease a 630,000 square foot complex located in Anderson, South Carolina, for packaging, materials receipt, lab testing, warehousing and distribution. Both the Greenville and Anderson facilities are leased on a long-term basis pursuant to “fee-in-lieu-of-taxes” arrangements with the counties in which the facilities are located, but we retain the right to purchase each of the facilities at any time during the lease for $1.00, subject to a loss of tax benefits. We also lease a 210,000 square foot distribution center in Leetsdale, Pennsylvania and a 112,000 square foot distribution center in Phoenix, Arizona. We also lease space at a distribution center in Canada. We conduct additional manufacturing for wholesalers and retailers of third-party products, as well as warehouse certain third-party products at a leased facility located in New South Wales, Australia.
     We also lease four small regional sales offices in Clearwater, Florida; Fort Lauderdale, Florida; Tusin, California; and Mississauga, Ontario. None of the regional sales offices is larger than 5,000 square feet. Our 253,000 square foot corporate headquarters in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania is owned by Gustine Sixth Avenue Associates, Ltd., a Pennsylvania limited partnership, of which General Nutrition, Incorporated, one of our subsidiaries, is a 50% limited partner. The partnership’s ownership of the land and buildings, and the partnership’s interest in the ground lease to General Nutrition, Incorporated, are all encumbered by a mortgage in the original principal amount of $17.9 million, with an outstanding balance of $12.2 million as of December 31, 2005. This partnership is included in our consolidated financial statements.

23


Table of Contents

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
     We are from time to time engaged in litigation. We regularly review all pending litigation matters in which we are involved and establish reserves deemed appropriate by management for these litigation matters. However, some of these matters are material and an adverse outcome in these matters could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results.
     As a manufacturer and retailer of nutritional supplements and other consumer products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, we have been and are currently subjected to various product liability claims. Although the effects of these claims to date have not been material to us, it is possible that current and future product liability claims could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results. We currently maintain product liability insurance with a deductible/retention of $1.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained loss of $10.0 million. We typically seek and have obtained contractual indemnification from most parties that supply raw materials for our products or that manufacture or market products we sell. We also typically seek to be added, and have been added, as additional insured under most of such parties’ insurance policies. We are also entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra or Kava Kava sold prior to December 5, 2003. However, any such indemnification or insurance is limited by its terms and any such indemnification, as a practical matter, is limited to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by the insurers. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors” included in this Report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described or implied by the forward-looking statements contained herein. We may incur material products liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our reputation, revenues and operating income.
Ephedra (Ephedrine Alkaloids)
     As of December 31, 2005, we have been named as a defendant in 227 pending cases involving the sale of third-party products that contain ephedra. Of those cases, one involves a proprietary GNC product. Ephedra products have been the subject of adverse publicity and regulatory scrutiny in the United States and other countries relating to alleged harmful effects, including the deaths of several individuals. In early 2003, we instructed all of our locations to stop selling products containing ephedra that were manufactured by GNC or one of our affiliates. Subsequently, we instructed all of our locations to stop selling any products containing ephedra by June 30, 2003. In April 2004, the FDA banned the sale of products containing ephedra. All claims to date have been tendered to the third-party manufacturer or to our insurer and we have incurred no expense to date with respect to litigation involving ephedra products. Furthermore, we are entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra sold prior to December 5, 2003. All of the pending cases relate to products sold prior to such time and, accordingly, we are entitled to indemnification from Numico for all of the pending cases.
Pro-Hormone/Androstenedione
     On July 29, 2001, five substantially identical class action lawsuits were filed in the state courts of the States of Florida, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania and Illinois against us and various manufacturers of products containing pro-hormones, including androstenedione:
    Brown v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Case No. 02-14221-AB, Florida Circuit Court for the 15th Judicial Circuit Court, Palm Beach County;
 
    Rodriguez v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Index No. 02/126277, New York Supreme Court, County of New York, Commercial Division;
 
    Abrams v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Docket No. L-3789-02, New Jersey Superior Court, Mercer County;
 
    Toth v. Bodyonics, Ltd., Case No. 003886, Pennsylvania Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County; and
 
    Pio v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Case No. 2-CH-14122, Illinois Circuit Court, Cook County.

24


Table of Contents

     On March 20, 2004, a similar lawsuit was filed in state court in Contra Costa County, California (Guzman v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Case No. 04-00283). Plaintiffs allege that we have distributed or published periodicals that contain advertisements claiming that the various pro-hormone products promote muscle growth. The complaints allege that we knew the advertisements and label claims promoting muscle growth were false, but nonetheless continued to sell the products to consumers. Plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, disgorgement of profits, attorney’s fees and the costs of suit. All of the products involved in the cases are third-party products. We have tendered these cases to the various manufacturers for defense and indemnification. Based upon the information available to us at the present time, we believe that these matters will not have a material adverse effect upon our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.
Class Action Settlement
     Five class action lawsuits were filed against us in the state courts of Alabama, California, Illinois and Texas with respect to claims that the labeling, packaging and advertising with respect to a third-party product sold by the Company were misleading and deceptive. We deny any wrongdoing and are pursuing indemnification claims against the manufacturer. As a result of mediation, the parties have agreed to a settlement of the lawsuits, which has been preliminarily approved by the court. Notice to the class will be published in mass advertising media publications. Each person who purchased the third-party product and who is part of the class will receive a cash reimbursement equal to the retail price paid, net of sales tax, upon presentation to us of a cash register receipt as proof of purchase. If a person purchased the product, but does not have a cash register receipt, such a person may submit a signed affidavit and will then be entitled to receive one or more coupons. The number of coupons will be based on the total amount of purchases of the product subject to a maximum of five coupons per purchaser. Each coupon will have a cash value of $10.00 valid toward any purchase of $25.00 or more at a GNC store. The coupons will not be redeemable by any GNC Gold Card member during Gold Card Week and will not be redeemable for products subject to any other price discount. The coupons are to be redeemed at point of sale and are not mail-in rebates. The coupons will be redeemable for a 90-day period after the settlement is final. We will have available for issue a maximum of 5 million certificates with a combined face value of $50.0 million. In addition to the cash reimbursements and coupons, as part of the settlement, we will be required to pay legal and administrative fees of approximately $1.2 million and will incur $0.7 million in 2006 for advertising and postage costs related to the notification letters.
Franklin Publications
     On October 26, 2005, one of our wholly owned subsidiaries was sued in the Common Pleas Court of Franklin County, Ohio by Franklin Publications, Inc. (“Franklin”). The lawsuit is based upon the GNC subsidiary’s termination, effective as of December 31, 2005, of two contracts for the publication of two monthly magazines mailed to certain GNC customers. Franklin is seeking a declaratory judgment as to its rights and obligations under the contracts and monetary damages for the GNC subsidiary’s alleged breach of the contracts. Franklin also alleges that the GNC subsidiary has interfered with Franklin’s business relationships with the advertisers in the publications, who are primarily GNC vendors, and has been unjustly enriched. Franklin does not specify the amount of damages sought, only that they are in excess of $25,000. We dispute the claims and intend to vigorously defend the lawsuit. We believe that the lawsuit will not have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.
Visa/MasterCard antitrust litigation
     The terms of a significant portion of the Visa/MasterCard antitrust litigation settlement were finalized during 2005. Accordingly, we have recognized a $1.2 million gain in December 2005 for our expected portion of the proceeds and we expect to collect this in 2006.
Pennsylvania Claim
     The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has conducted an unclaimed property audit of General Nutrition, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company for the period January 1, 1992 to December 31, 1997 generally and January 1, 1992 to December 31, 1999 for payroll and wages. As a result of the audit, the Pennsylvania Treasury Department has made an assessment of an alleged unclaimed property liability of the subsidiary in the amount of $4.1 million. The subsidiary regularly records normal course liabilities for actual unclaimed properties and does not agree with the assessment and intends to file a timely appeal and vigorously defend against the assessment.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
None

25


Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF SECURITIES.
     There is no established public trading market for our Common Stock. As of March 1, 2006, there were 47 holders of our Common Stock. See Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” included in this Report.
Dividends
     We did not declare cash dividends on our Common Stock for the two most recent fiscal years. We are subject to certain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends under the terms of our senior credit facility, Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes and our Parent’s Series A Preferred Stock. For a description of such restrictions, see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
     The following table sets forth information about our Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of options, warrants and rights under all of our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2005.
                         
                    Number of
    Number of           securities remaining
    securities to be           available for future
    issued upon   Weighted-average   issuance under equity
    exercise of   exercise price of   compensation plans
    outstanding   outstanding   (excluding securities
    options, warrants   options, warrants   reflected in first
Plan category   and rights   and rights   column)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan)
    2,757,150 (1)   $ 6.00       1,242,850  
 
                       
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
 
Total
    2,757,150 (1)   $ 6.00       1,242,850  
 
(1)   Consists of options to purchase 2,757,150 shares of our Common Stock granted pursuant to our 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan.
2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
          In December 2003, our board of directors adopted the GNC Corporation (formerly known as General Nutrition Centers Holding Company) 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified personnel who will contribute to the success of the Company. The Plan provides for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock and performance shares. Awards under the Plan may be granted to certain eligible employees, directors, consultants or advisors as determined by the administering committee of our board of directors. The total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available under the Plan is 4.0 million shares. Stock options granted under the Plan generally are granted at not less than fair market value, vest over a four-year vesting schedule and expire after seven years from date of grant. If any shares reserved for an award are forfeited, repurchased or any such award otherwise terminates without a payment being made to the participant in the form of stock, such shares underlying such award will also become available for future awards under the Plan. No awards other than stock options have been granted under the Plan.

26


Table of Contents

     ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
          The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with the information under the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Report. The years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 are the periods subsequent to the Acquisition. The period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003 and the years ended 2002 and 2001 are the periods prior to the Acquisition when GNCI was owned by Numico.
                                                   
    Successor     Predecessor
                    27 Days Ended     Period ended    
    Year Ended December 31,   December 31,     December 4,   Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)   2005   2004   2003     2003   2002   2001
       
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                 
Revenue:
                                                 
Retail
  $ 989.5     $ 1,001.8     $ 66.2       $ 993.3     $ 1,068.6     $ 1,123.1  
Franchising
    212.7       226.5       14.2         241.3       256.1       273.1  
Manufacturing/Wholesale
    115.5       116.4       8.9         105.6       100.3       112.9  
           
Total revenue
    1,317.7       1,344.7       89.3         1,340.2       1,425.0       1,509.1  
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
    898.7       895.2       63.6         934.9       969.9       1,013.3  
           
Gross profit
    419.0       449.5       25.7         405.3       455.1       495.8  
Compensation and related benefits
    228.6       230.0       16.7         235.0       245.2       246.6  
Advertising and promotion
    44.7       44.0       0.5         38.4       52.1       41.9  
Other selling, general and administrative
    76.6       73.8       5.1         70.9       86.0       140.7  
Other (income) expense (1)
    (3.1 )     1.0               (10.1 )     (211.3 )     (3.4 )
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (2)
                        709.4       222.0        
           
Operating income (loss)
    72.2       100.7       3.4         (638.3 )     61.1       70.0  
Interest expense, net
    43.1       34.5       2.8         121.1       136.3       140.0  
Gain on sale of marketable securities
                              (5.0 )      
           
Income (loss) before income taxes
    29.1       66.2       0.6         (759.4 )     (70.2 )     (70.0 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    10.7       24.5       0.2         (174.5 )     1.0       (14.1 )
           
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change
    18.4       41.7       0.4         (584.9 )     (71.2 )     (55.9 )
Loss from cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax (3)
                              (889.7 )      
           
Net income (loss)
  $ 18.4     $ 41.7     $ 0.4       $ (584.9 )   $ (960.9 )   $ (55.9 )
           
(1)   Other (income) expense includes foreign currency (gain) loss for all of the periods presented. Other income for the year ended December 31, 2005, included a $2.5 million transaction fee related to the transfer of our GNC Australian franchise rights to Global Active Limited. Other income for the year ended December 31, 2004, included a $1.3 million charge for costs related to the preparation of a registration statement for an offering of our Common Stock to the public. As this offering was not completed, these costs were expensed. Other income for the period ended December 4, 2003 and the years ended December 2002 and 2001, primarily represents $7.2 million, $214.4 million, and $3.6 million, respectively, received from legal settlement proceeds that we collected from a raw material pricing settlement.
 
(2)   On January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 142, which requires that goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives no longer be subject to amortization, but instead, being tested at least annually for impairment. For the periods ended December 4, 2003 and December 31, 2002, we recognized impairment charges of $709.4 million (pre-tax), and $222.0 million (pre-tax), respectively, for goodwill and other intangibles as a result of decreases in expectations regarding growth and profitability; additionally in 2003 the impairment resulted from increased competition from the mass market, negative publicity by the media on certain supplements and increasing pressure from the FDA on the industry as a whole, each of which were identified in connection with a valuation related to the Acquisition.

27


Table of Contents

(3)   Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, we recognized a one-time impairment charge in the first quarter of 2002 of $889.7 million, net of tax to reduce the carrying amount of goodwill and other intangibles to their implied fair value.
                                                   
    Successor     Predecessor
                    27 Days Ended     Period ended    
    Year Ended December 31,   December 31,     December 4,   Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)   2005   2004   2003     2003   2002   2001
       
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 86.0     $ 85.2     $ 33.2       $ 9.4     $ 38.8     $ 16.3  
Working capital (4)
    297.0       282.1       199.6         96.2       153.6       140.8  
Total assets
    1,023.8       1,031.3       1,024.9         1,038.1       1,878.3       3,071.8  
Total debt
    473.4       510.4       514.2         1,747.4       1,840.1       1,883.3  
Cumulative redeemable exchangeable preferred stock
    127.1       112.7       100.5                      
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 212.1     $ 208.3     $ 177.3       $ (1,077.1 )   $ (493.8 )   $ 469.0  
 
                                                 
Other Data:
                                                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 64.2     $ 83.5     $ 4.7       $ 92.9     $ 111.0     $ 75.8  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (21.5 )     (27.0 )     (740.0 )       (31.5 )     (44.5 )     (48.1 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (41.7 )     (4.5 )     759.2         (90.8 )     (44.3 )     (21.6 )
EBITDA (5)
    113.2       139.5       5.7         (579.2 )     (765.5 )     192.0  
 
                                                 
Capital expenditures (6)
  $ 20.8     $ 28.3     $ 1.8       $ 31.0     $ 51.9     $ 29.2  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (7)
    1.35       1.92       1.11                      
Number of stores (at end of period):
                                                 
Company-owned stores (8)
    2,650       2,642       2,748         2,757       2,898       2,960  
Franchised stores (8)
    2,014       2,036       2,009         1,978       1,909       1,821  
Store-within-a-store locations (8)
    1,149       1,027       988         988       900       780  
(4)   Working capital represents current assets less current liabilities.
 
(5)   EBITDA as used herein represents net income (loss) before interest expense (net), income tax expense (benefit) and depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA because we consider it a useful analytical tool for measuring our ability to service our debt and generate cash for other purposes. The reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA as presented below is different than that used for purposes of the covenants under the indentures governing the notes. EBITDA is not a measurement of our financial performance under Generally Accepted Accounting Principals (“GAAP”) and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. Some of the limitations of EBITDA are as follows:
    EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirement necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debts;
 
    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
    although EBITDA is frequently used by securities analysts, lenders and others in their evaluation of companies, our calculation of EBITDA may differ from other similarly titled measures of other companies, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

28


Table of Contents

      Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA only supplementally. See our consolidated statements of cash flows included elsewhere in this Report.
              The following table reconciles net cash provided by operating activities as determined in accordance with GAAP to EBITDA for the periods indicated:
                                                   
    Successor     Predecessor
                    27 Days Ended     Period ended    
    Year Ended December 31,   December 31,     December 4,   Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)   2005   2004   2003     2003   2002   2001
           
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 64.2     $ 83.5     $ 4.7       $ 92.9     $ 111.0     $ 75.8  
Cash paid for interest (excluding deferred financing fees)
    32.7       32.7       0.7         122.5       138.0       145.6  
Cash paid for taxes
    2.9       5.1               2.5       30.7       15.2  
Changes in accounts receivable
    4.4       (5.3 )     (2.9 )       (59.9 )     127.3       1.1  
Changes in inventory
    23.9       15.1       (3.8 )       (29.0 )     (22.2 )     (71.5 )
Changes in accounts payable
    2.9       (3.9 )     5.3         3.3       (18.8 )     48.2  
Changes in other assets and liabilities
    (17.8 )     12.3       1.7         (2.1 )     (24.9 )     (22.4 )
Loss from cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax
                              (889.7 )      
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
                        (709.4 )     (222.0 )      
Gain on sale of marketable securities
                              5.1        
           
EBITDA (a)
  $ 113.2     $ 139.5     $ 5.7       $ (579.2 )   $ (765.5 )   $ 192.0  
           
(a)   Included in EBITDA are non-cash goodwill and other intangible impairment losses of $709.4 million (pre-tax) and $222.0 million (pre-tax) incurred for the period from January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2002, respectively, and a loss from the cumulative effect of an accounting change of $889.7 million, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2002. The impairment charges were incurred upon the testing of goodwill and other intangibles, in accordance with SFAS No. 142. Impairment resulted from decreased expectations regarding growth and profitability due to increased competition from the mass market, negative publicity by the media on certain supplements and increasing pressure from the FDA on the industry as a whole.
 
(6)   Capital expenditures for 2002 included approximately $13.9 million incurred in connection with our store reset and upgrade program. For the full year ended December 31, 2003, capital expenditures were $32.8 million.
 
(7)   We have calculated the ratio of earnings to fixed charges by dividing earnings by fixed charges. For the purpose of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, ‘‘earnings’’ is defined as income (loss) before income taxes and fixed charges. ‘‘Fixed charges’’ consist of interest cost, whether expensed or capitalized, amortization of debt expense and the portion of rental expense (approximately one-third) that we believe to be representative of the interest factor in those rentals. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $759.4 million, $70.2 million and $70.0 million for the period ended December 4, 2003 and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

29


Table of Contents

(8)   The following table summarizes our stores for the periods indicated:
                                                   
    Successor     Predecessor
                    27 Days Ended     Period ended    
    Year Ended December 31,   December 31,     December 4,   Year Ended December 31,
    2005   2004   2003     2003   2002   2001
           
Company-owned stores
                                                 
Beginning of period balance
    2,642       2,748       2,757         2,898       2,960       2,842  
Store openings
    137       82       4         80       117       220  
Store closings
    (129 )     (188 )     (13 )       (221 )     (179 )     (102 )
           
End of period balance
    2,650       2,642       2,748         2,757       2,898       2,960  
           
 
                                                 
Franchised stores
                                                 
Beginning of period balance
    2,036       2,009       1,978         1,909       1,821       1,718  
Store openings
    149       146       33         186       182       291  
Store closings
    (171 )     (119 )     (2 )       (117 )     (94 )     (188 )
           
End of period balance
    2,014       2,036       2,009         1,978       1,909       1,821  
           
 
                                                 
Store-within-a-store (Rite Aid)
                                                 
Beginning of period balance
    1,027       988       988         900       780       544  
Store openings
    130       44               93       131       237  
Store closings
    (8 )     (5 )             (5 )     (11 )     (1 )
           
End of period balance
    1,149       1,027       988         988       900       780  
           
 
                                                 
           
Total Stores
    5,813       5,705       5,745         5,723       5,707       5,561  
           

30


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
          The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with Item 6, “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Report. The discussion in this section contains forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See Item1A, “Risk Factors” in this Report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described or implied by the forward-looking statements contained herein.
          On October 16, 2003, we entered into a purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Numico and Numico USA, Inc. to acquire 100% of the outstanding equity interest of GNCI from Numico USA Inc. On December 5, 2003, Centers acquired 100% of the outstanding equity interests of GNCI from Numico for an aggregate purchase price of $747.4 million, consisting of $733.2 million in cash and the assumption of $14.2 million of mortgage indebtedness (the “Acquisition”). We subsequently received $15.7 million and paid $5.9 million to Numico related to working capital contingent purchase price adjustments. The results of operations and cash flows reflect our predecessor entity, on a carve-out basis, for the period from January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003. See “—Basis of Presentation’’.
Business Overview
          We are the largest global specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, which include VMHS, sports nutrition products, diet products and other wellness products. We derive our revenues principally from product sales through our company-owned stores and gnc.com, franchise activities and sales of products manufactured in our facilities to third parties. We sell products through a worldwide network of more than 5,800 locations operating under the GNC brand name.
     Revenues from Business Segments
          Revenues are derived from our three business segments, Retail, Franchise and Manufacturing/Wholesale, primarily as follows:
    Retail revenues are generated by sales to consumers at our company-owned stores and through gnc.com. Although the Company believes that its retail and franchise businesses are not seasonal in nature, historically the Company has experienced, and expects to continue to experience, a substantial variation in its net sales and operating results from quarter to quarter, with the first half of the year being stronger than the second half of the year.
 
    Franchise revenues are generated primarily from:
(1) product sales to our franchisees;
(2) royalties on franchise retail sales; and
(3) franchise fees, which are charged for initial franchise awards, renewals and transfers of franchises.
    Manufacturing/Wholesale revenues are generated through sales of manufactured products to third parties, generally for third-party private label brands, and the sale of our proprietary and third-party products to and through Rite Aid and drugstore.com.
Executive Overview of 2005 Results
          In 2005, the Company undertook major strategic initiatives to rebuild the business and to establish a foundation for stronger future performance. These initiatives included implementation of a national pricing structure, execution of a national and more diversified marketing program focused on competitive pricing on key products, improved cost control, and a realignment of the franchise system with Company strategies.
          We also implemented structural changes, aligning merchandising, marketing, store operations and product development in order to provide customers with a more consistent shopping experience and to establish a culture focused on merchandising.
Execution of these initiatives produced many improvements, including:
    Broader customer reach: Our new advertising programs, which included newspaper inserts, traditional newspaper advertising and extensive television advertising, improved customer response. We also launched gnc.com as an e-commerce website late in the year and introduced a sales catalog through which customers

31


Table of Contents

      may order products directly from GNC. These direct marketing initiatives are further extending the reach of the GNC brand.
    An improved franchise system: Initiatives intended to ensure franchisee compliance with the GNC Franchising operating system are leading to better franchise performance, as evidenced by the improving same-store sales at domestic franchise locations throughout the year.
    Better shopping experiences for our customers: We made significant progress in improving inventory management, vendor relationships, product development and store execution. These improvements created improved customer shopping experiences by providing a wide assortment of high-quality, innovative products and assuring that best-selling items were never out of stock.
 
    Stronger expense control: We met our cost control objectives by reducing overhead without impacting productivity.
          These and other strategies implemented in 2005 led to a reverse of the negative trends of the business. Domestic same-store sales improved with each successive quarter of the year, culminating with an 8.1% increase in company-owned stores and a 1.5% increase in franchise stores in the fourth quarter. We also realized steady improvement in every product category, highlighted by particular strength in the sports nutrition and vitamins, minerals and herbal supplements categories, and by an improvement in the diet business during the latter part of the year.
Basis of Presentation
     Purchase Accounting
          The Acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. As a result, the financial data presented for 2003 include a predecessor period from January 1, 2003 through December 4, 2003 and a successor period for the 27 days ended December 31, 2003. As a result of the Acquisition, the consolidated statements of operations for the successor periods include: interest and amortization expense resulting from Centers’ credit facility and the issuance of Centers’ Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes; amortization of intangible assets related to the Acquisition; and management fees that did not exist prior to the Acquisition. Further, as a result of purchase accounting, the fair values of our assets on the date of the Acquisition became their new cost basis. Results of operations for the successor periods are affected by the newly established cost basis of these assets. We allocated the Acquisition consideration to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed by us based upon their respective fair values as of the date of the Acquisition, which resulted in a significant change in our annual depreciation and amortization expenses.
          The accompanying financial statements for the periods prior to the Acquisition are labeled as “Predecessor” and the periods subsequent to the Acquisition are labeled as “Successor”.
          Successor. The accompanying financial statements for the calendar year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Included in this period are fair value adjustments to assets and liabilities, including inventory, goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment. Also included is the corresponding effect these adjustments had to cost of sales, depreciation and amortization expenses.
          Predecessor. For the period from January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003 the consolidated financial statements of GNCI were prepared on a carve-out basis and reflect the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP. The financial statements for this period reflected amounts that were pushed down from Nutricia and Numico in order to depict the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of GNCI based on these carve-out principles. In conjunction with the sale of GNCI to the Company, all related party term debt was settled in full. As a result of recording these amounts, the financial statements of GNCI may not be indicative of the results that would be presented if GNCI had operated as an independent, stand-alone entity.
     Related Parties
          In the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had related party transactions with Apollo Management V and its affiliates. GNCI had related party transactions with Numico and other affiliates during the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003. For further discussion of these transactions, see the “Related Party Transactions” note to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

32


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
     The information presented below as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 and the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003, was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. In the table below and in the accompanying discussion, the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 and the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003 have been combined for discussion purposes.
     As discussed in the “Segment” note to our consolidated financial statements, we evaluate segment operating results based on several indicators. The primary key performance indicators are revenues and operating income or loss for each segment. Revenues and operating income or loss, as evaluated by management, exclude certain items that are managed at the consolidated level, such as warehousing and transportation costs, impairments, and other corporate costs. The following discussion compares the revenues and the operating income or loss by segment, as well as those items excluded from the segment totals.
     We calculate our comparable “same store” sales growth to exclude the net sales of a store for any period if the store was not open during the same period of the prior year. When a store’s square footage has been changed as a result of reconfiguration or relocation in the same mall, the store continues to be treated as a same store. Company-owned and domestic franchised same store sales have been calculated on a calendar basis for all periods presented.

33


Table of Contents

Results of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(Dollars in millions and percentages expressed as a percentage of total net revenues)
                                                                                   
    Successor     Combined     Successor       Predecessor  
    Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended     27 days Ended       Period Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       December 4,  
    2005     2004     2003     2003       2003  
                       
Revenues:
                                                                                 
Retail
  $ 989.4       75.1 %   $ 1,001.8       74.5 %   $ 1,059.5       74.1 %   $ 66.2       74.1 %     $ 993.3       74.1 %
Franchise
    212.8       16.1 %     226.5       16.8 %     255.5       17.9 %     14.2       15.9 %       241.3       18.0 %
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    115.5       8.8 %     116.4       8.7 %     114.5       8.0 %     8.9       10.0 %       105.6       7.9 %
 
                                                             
Total net revenues
    1,317.7       100.0 %     1,344.7       100.0 %     1,429.5       100.0 %     89.3       100.0 %       1,340.2       100.0 %
 
                                                                                 
Operating expenses:
                                                                                 
 
                                                                                 
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
    898.7       68.2 %     895.2       66.5 %     998.5       69.9 %     63.6       71.2 %       934.9       69.7 %
Compensation and related benefits
    228.6       17.3 %     230.0       17.1 %     251.7       17.6 %     16.7       18.7 %       235.0       17.5 %
Advertising and promotion
    44.7       3.4 %     44.0       3.3 %     38.9       2.7 %     0.5       0.6 %       38.4       2.9 %
Other selling, general and administrative expenses
    72.6       5.5 %     69.8       5.2 %     68.9       4.8 %     4.8       5.4 %       64.1       4.8 %
Amortization expense
    4.0       0.3 %     4.0       0.3 %     7.1       0.5 %     0.3       0.3 %       6.8       0.5 %
Income from legal settlement
                            (7.2 )     -0.5 %                   (7.2 )     -0.5 %
Foreign currency gain
    (0.6 )           (0.3 )           (2.9 )     -0.2 %                   (2.9 )     -0.2 %
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
                            709.4       49.6 %                   709.4       52.9 %
Other (income) expense
    (2.5 )     -0.2 %     1.3       0.1 %            %                          
 
                                                             
Total operating expenses
    1,245.5       94.5 %     1,244.0       92.5 %     2,064.4       144.4 %     85.9       96.2 %       1,978.5       147.6 %
 
                                                                                 
Operating income (loss):
                                                                                 
Retail
    77.2       5.9 %     107.7       8.0 %     85.7       6.0 %     6.6       7.3 %       79.1       5.9 %
Franchise
    52.0       3.9 %     62.4       4.6 %     66.1       4.6 %     2.4       2.7 %       63.7       4.8 %
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    46.0       3.5 %     38.6       2.9 %     25.7       1.8 %     1.4       1.6 %       24.3       1.8 %
Unallocated corporate and other (costs) income:
                                                                                 
Warehousing and distribution costs
    (50.0 )     -3.8 %     (49.3 )     -3.7 %     (44.1 )     -3.1 %     (3.4 )     -3.8 %       (40.7 )     -3.0 %
Corporate costs
    (55.5 )     -4.2 %     (57.4 )     -4.2 %     (66.1 )     -4.6 %     (3.6 )     -4.0 %       (62.5 )     -4.7 %
Income from legal settlement
                            7.2       0.5 %                   7.2       0.5 %
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
                            (709.4 )     -49.6 %                   (709.4 )     -52.9 %
Other income (expense)
    2.5       0.2 %     (1.3 )     -0.1 %                                      
 
                                                             
Subtotal unallocated corporate and other costs net
    (103.0 )     -7.8 %     (108.0 )     -8.0 %     (812.4 )     -56.8 %     (7.0 )     -7.8 %       (805.4 )     -60.1 %
 
                                                             
Total operating income (loss)
    72.2       5.5 %     100.7       7.5 %     (634.9 )     -44.4 %     3.4       3.8 %       (638.3 )     -47.6 %
 
                                                                                 
Interest expense, net
    43.1               34.5               123.9               2.8                 121.1          
 
                                                                       
Income (loss) before income taxes
    29.1               66.2               (758.8 )             0.6                 (759.4 )        
Income tax expense (benefit)
    10.7               24.5               (174.3 )             0.2                 (174.5 )        
 
                                                                       
Net income (loss)
    18.4               41.7               (584.5 )             0.4                 (584.9 )        
Other comprehensive income
    0.1               0.9               1.9               0.3                 1.6          
 
                                                                       
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 18.5             $ 42.6             $ (582.6 )           $ 0.7               $ (583.3 )        
 
                                                                     
     Note: The numbers in the above table have been rounded to millions. All calculations related to the Results of Operations for the year-over-year comparisons below were derived from the table above and could occasionally differ immaterially if you were to use the unrounded data for these calculations.

34


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004
     Revenues
          Our consolidated net revenues decreased $27.0 million, or 2.0%, to $1,317.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $1,344.7 million for the same period in 2004. The decrease was primarily the result of decreased comparable same store sales in our Retail and Franchise segments, a reduced domestic franchise store base and decreased revenue in our manufacturing segment due to declining demand for Vitamin E soft-gel products.
          Retail. Revenues in our Retail segment decreased $12.4 million, or 1.2%, to $989.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $1,001.8 million for the same period in 2004. The revenue decrease occurred primarily in our diet category and was partially offset by increases in our sports nutrition and VMHS categories. The diet category experienced sales declines each quarter in 2005, with the first three quarters showing significant declines as a result of reduced demand for low-carb products. The fourth quarter diet sales, while remaining less than 2004, improved as a result of new product introductions. Our domestic company-owned comparable store sales improved each successive quarter during 2005, from a decline of 7.8% in the first quarter to an increase of 8.1% in the fourth quarter. For the total year 2005, our comparable store sales declined 1.5%. Our Canadian company-owned stores had similar trends in sales as our domestic company-owned stores, declining 11.0% in the first half of 2005 and increasing 0.3% in the second half of 2005. Our company-owned store base increased by 10 stores to 2,517 domestically, and declined by two stores to 133 in Canada at December 31, 2005.
          Franchise. Revenues in our Franchise segment decreased $13.7 million, or 6.0%, to $212.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to $226.5 million for the same period in 2004. Our domestic franchise stores recognized lower retail sales for the year ended December 31, 2005, as evidenced by a decline in 2005 comparable same store sales for these stores of 4.8%. This decline in retail sales resulted in decreased wholesale product sales to the franchisees of $11.0 million and a decrease in franchise royalty revenue of $1.1 million. Additionally, other franchise revenue decreased by $1.6 million. Our domestic franchise store base declined by 134 stores to 1,156 stores at December 31, 2005, from 1,290 stores at December 31, 2004. Our international franchise store base increased by 112 stores to 858 stores at December 31, 2005 compared to 739 stores at December 31, 2004. Our international franchisees pay a lower royalty rate and purchase fewer products from us than the domestic franchisees.
          Manufacturing/Wholesale. Revenues in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment, which includes third-party sales from our manufacturing facilities in South Carolina and Australia, as well as wholesale sales to Rite Aid and drugstore.com, decreased $0.9 million or 0.8%, to $115.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $116.4 million for the same period in 2004. This decrease occurred primarily in the Greenville, South Carolina plant, which had a decrease of $4.7 million as a result of declining demand for Vitamin E soft-gel products from third-party customers and a decrease in third-party sales at our Australian manufacturing facility of $0.5 million. These decreases were partially offset by increased sales to Rite Aid of $1.9 million and to drugstore.com of $2.4 million.
     Cost of Sales
          Consolidated cost of sales, which includes product costs, costs of warehousing and distribution and occupancy costs, increased $3.5 million, or 0.4%, to $898.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $895.2 million for the same period in 2004. Consolidated cost of sales, as a percentage of net revenue, were 68.2% compared to 66.5% for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
          Product costs. Product costs decreased $1.4 million, or 0.2%, to $655.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $657.1 million for the same period in 2004. Consolidated product costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 49.8% compared to 48.8% for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. This increase, as a percentage of net revenue, was the result of increased promotional pricing in our retail segment and increased discounts provided to our franchisees on wholesale sales in our franchise segment. Our vendors partially offset this increase by providing reductions in product costs for their products that were promotionally priced.
          Warehousing and distribution costs. Warehousing and distribution costs increased $0.6 million, or 1.2%, to $51.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $50.8 million for the same period in 2004. This increase was primarily a result of increased fuel costs that affected our private fleet, as well as the cost of outside carriers, offset by efficiency cost savings in wages and other warehousing costs. Consolidated warehousing and distribution costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 3.9% compared to 3.8% for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

35


Table of Contents

          Occupancy costs. Occupancy costs increased $4.3 million, or 2.3%, to $191.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $187.3 million for the same period in 2004. This increase was the result of increased store rental costs of $2.7 million and increased other occupancy costs including depreciation of $1.6 million. Consolidated occupancy costs, as a percentage of net revenue, were 14.5% compared to 13.9% for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
     Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses
          Our consolidated SG&A, expenses including compensation and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, other selling, general and administrative expenses, and amortization expense, increased $2.1 million, or 0.6%, to $349.9 million, for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $347.8 million for the same period in 2004. These expenses, as a percentage of net revenue, were 26.5% compared to 25.9% for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
          Compensation and related benefits. Compensation and related benefits decreased $1.4 million, or 0.6%, to $228.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $230.0 million for the same period in 2004. The decrease was the result of decreases in: (1) incentives and commission expense of $2.3 million; (2) 401(k) company paid matching expense of $1.1 million; and (3) other wage related expense of $0.4 million. The decreases were offset by increases in base wage expense, primarily in our retail stores, of $1.8 million and non-cash compensation expense of $0.6 million.
          Advertising and promotion. Advertising and promotion expenses increased $0.7 million, or 1.6%, to $44.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $44.0 million during the same period in 2004. Advertising expense increased as a result of an increase in product specific television advertising of $7.0 million and reduction of franchisee advertising contributions of $1.2 million, offset by decreases in: (1) print advertising of $3.1 million; (2) general marketing costs of $2.9 million; (3) store signage and merchandising costs of $1.0 million; and (4) other advertising related expenses of $0.5 million.
          Other SG&A. Other SG&A expenses, including amortization expense, increased $2.8 million, or 3.8%, to $76.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $73.8 million for the same period in 2004. This increase was due to (1) legal costs for certain products related to a third-party vendor of $1.9 million; (2) increases in commission expense on our consigned inventory sales of $1.1 million; (3) increases in other professional expenses of $0.9 million; and (4) a $1.3 million increase in various other SG&A costs. These increases were partially offset by a $1.2 million gain for our expected portion of the proceeds from the Visa/MasterCard antitrust litigation settlement and a decrease in general insurance expense of $1.2 million.
     Foreign Currency Gain
          We recognized a consolidated foreign currency gain of $0.6 million in year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This gain resulted primarily from accounts payable activity with our Canadian subsidiary.
     Other Income and Expense
          Other income for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes a transaction fee of $2.5 million, which was recognized for the transfer of our Australian franchise business. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred a $1.3 million charge for costs related to the preparation of a SEC filing to offer common stock to the public. As this offering was not completed, these costs were expensed.
     Operating Income
          As a result of the foregoing, operating income decreased $28.5 million or 28.3%, to $72.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $100.7 million for the same period in 2004. Operating income, as a percentage of net revenue, was 5.5% compared to 7.5% for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
          Retail. Operating income decreased $30.5 million, or 28.3%, to $77.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $107.7 million for the same period in 2004. The primary reason for the decrease was lower retail margin, due to lower diet sales and increased promotional retail pricing.

36


Table of Contents

          Franchise. Operating income decreased $10.4 million, or 16.7%, to $52.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $62.4 million for the same period in 2004. This decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in wholesale sales and margin, due to increases in discounts provided to our franchisees on wholesale sales and a reduced number of operating franchisees domestically.
          Manufacturing/Wholesale. Operating income increased $7.4 million, or 19.2%, to $46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $38.6 million for the same period in 2004. This increase was primarily the result of an increase in license and other fee revenue from Rite Aid, increased wholesale sales volumes to drugstore.com, improved margins on third-party manufacturing sales and increased manufacturing efficiencies at our South Carolina manufacturing facility.
          Warehousing & Distribution Costs. Unallocated warehousing and distribution costs increased $0.7 million, or 1.4%, to $50.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $49.3 million for the same period in 2004. This increase was primarily a result of increased fuel costs, offset by reduced wages and other operating expenses in our distribution centers.
          Corporate Costs. Corporate overhead cost decreased $1.9 million, or 3.3%, to $55.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $57.4 million for the same period in 2004. This decrease was primarily the result of the recognition of a $1.2 million gain for our expected portion of the proceeds from the Visa/MasterCard antitrust litigation settlement and a decrease in our insurance expense, offset by the recognition of $1.9 million in legal costs for certain products related to a third-party vendor and increases in other professional fees.
          Other. Other income for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $2.5 million, which was the recognition of transaction fee income related to the transfer of our Australian franchise rights. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred a $1.3 million charge for costs related to the preparation of a SEC filing to offer common stock to the public. As this offering was not completed, these costs were expensed.
     Interest Expense
          Interest expense increased $8.6 million, or 24.9%, to $43.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $34.5 million for the same period in 2004. This increase was primarily attributable to the write-off of $3.9 million of deferred financing fees, a result of the refinancing of our variable interest rate bank debt, which was replaced with $150.0 million of fixed interest rate Senior Notes in January 2005.
     Income Tax Expense
          We recognized $10.7 million of consolidated income tax expense during the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $24.5 million for the same period of 2004. The decreased tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2005, was a result of a decrease in income before income taxes of $37.1 million. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2005 was 36.8%, compared to 37.0% for the year ended December 31, 2004.
     Net Income
          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated net income decreased $23.3 million to $18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $41.7 million for the same period in 2004. Net income, as a percentage of net revenue, was 1.4% compared to 3.1% for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
     Other Comprehensive Income
          We recognized $0.1 million of foreign currency gain for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $0.9 million for the same period in 2004. The amounts recognized in each period resulted from foreign currency translation adjustments related to the investment in and receivables due from our Canadian and Australian subsidiaries.

37


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003
     Revenues
          Our consolidated net revenues decreased $84.8 million, or 5.9%, to $1,344.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $1,429.5 million for the same period in 2003. The decrease was the result of decreases in our Retail and Franchise segments, offset by slight increases in our Manufacturing/ Wholesale segment.
          Retail. Revenues in our Retail segment decreased $57.7 million, or 5.4%, to $1,001.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $1,059.5 million for the same period in 2003. The revenue decrease occurred primarily in our diet category and, to a lesser extent, the sports nutrition category. The diet category experienced a sharp drop in sales from 2003 primarily due to the (1) discontinuation in June 2003 of sales of products containing ephedra and (2) a decrease in sales of low carb products. Sales from ephedra products were $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. This decrease was offset partially by the first quarter of 2004 sales of low-carb products and diet products intended to replace the ephedra products. However, beginning in the second quarter of 2004 and continuing for the remainder of 2004, sales of low-carb products decreased significantly from the prior year. Beginning in the second quarter of 2004, and especially for the second half of 2004, the sports nutrition category saw a decrease in sales of meal replacement bars (“bars”). We believe that these decreases are largely a result of low-carb products and bars having become more readily available in the marketplace since the prior year. Additionally, overall retail sales declined as a result of operating 2,642 company-owned stores as of December 2004 versus 2,748 as of December 2003. Comparable store sales in company-owned domestic stores declined 4.1% for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared with the same period in 2003. Comparable store sales in company-owned Canadian stores improved 3.6% for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared with the same period in 2003.
          Franchise. Revenues in our Franchise segment decreased $29.0 million, or 11.4%, to $226.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $255.5 million for the same period in 2003. These decreases were the result of: (1) a decrease in wholesale product sales to franchisees of $17.2 million, which was the result of lower retail sales at our franchise stores, as our franchise stores had similar decreases in sales of diet products as our company-owned; (2) the Company’s decision to limit sales of company-owned stores to franchisees (“conversions”) which resulted in a decline of $9.5 million, as there were nine such sales in 2004 compared with 65 in 2003; and (3) a decrease in franchise fee revenue of $1.2 million; and (4) a decrease in other revenue areas of $1.1 million.
          Manufacturing/Wholesale. Revenues in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment increased $1.9 million, or 1.7%, to $116.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $114.5 million for the same period in 2003. This increase was the result of increases in: (1) third-party sales at our Australian manufacturing facility of $2.1 million; (2) sales to Rite Aid of $1.7 million; and (3) sales to drugstore.com of $1.0 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in third-party sales from our South Carolina manufacturing facility of $2.9 million.
     Cost of Sales
          Consolidated cost of sales, which includes product costs, costs of warehousing and distribution and occupancy costs, decreased $103.3 million, or 10.3%, to $895.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $998.5 million for the same period in 2003. Consolidated cost of sales, as a percentage of net revenue, was 66.5% for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to 69.9% for the same period in 2003.
          Product costs. Product costs decreased $82.1 million, or 11.1%, to $657.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $739.2 million for the same period in 2003. Consolidated product costs as a percentage of net revenue dropped to 48.8% for the year ended December 31, 2004 from 51.7% for the same period in 2003. This decrease was a result of the following: (1) improved margins in the Retail segment as a result of increased sales of higher margin GNC proprietary products and decreased sales of lower margin third-party products; (2) improved management of inventory which resulted in lower product costs due to fewer inventory losses from expired product; and (3) improved efficiencies in our South Carolina manufacturing facility. Included in product costs in 2004 is $1.3 million of expense as a result of adjustments due to increased inventory valuation related to the Acquisition.
          Warehousing and distribution costs. Warehousing and distribution costs increased $3.9 million, or 8.3%, to $50.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $46.9 million for the same period in 2003. This increase in costs was primarily a result of a $7.7 million increase in unreimbursed expenses from trucking services provided to our vendors and former affiliates, which was partially offset by reduced wages of $2.3 million and operating expenses of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared with the same period in 2003.

38


Table of Contents

          Occupancy costs. Occupancy costs decreased $25.1 million, or 11.8%, to $187.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $212.4 million for the same period in 2003. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction in depreciation expense of $17.3 million as a result of the revaluation of our assets due to purchase accounting relating to the Acquisition. Reductions in rental expenses as a result of fewer stores operating and more favorable lease terms, accounted for another $3.5 million of the decrease. The remaining $4.3 million decrease occurred in other occupancy related expenses. This was offset by a one-time non-cash pre-tax rent charge of $0.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2004 related to a correction in our lease accounting policies. See the “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” note to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.
     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
          Our consolidated SG&A expenses, including compensation and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, other SG&A expenses, and amortization expense, decreased $18.8 million, or 5.1%, to $347.8 million, for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to $366.6 million for the same period in 2003. Our consolidated SG&A expenses, including compensation and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, other SG&A expenses, and amortization expense, as a percentage of net revenue, were 25.9% during the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to 25.6% for the same period in 2003.
          Compensation and related benefits. Compensation and related benefits decreased $21.7 million, or 8.6%, to $230.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $251.7 million for the same period in 2003. The decrease was the result of decreases in: (1) acquisition related charges for change in control and retention bonuses recognized in 2003 of $8.7 million; (2) incentives and commissions expense of $6.2 million; (3) stock based compensation expense recognized in 2003 of $4.3 million; (4) group health insurance and workers compensation expense of $1.2 million; (5) relocation costs of $1.0 million; and (6) other compensation and related benefit expenses of $0.3 million.
          Advertising and promotion. Advertising and promotion expenses increased $5.1 million, or 13.1%, to $44.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $38.9 million during the same period in 2003. Advertising expense increased during the year of 2004 compared to the same period in 2003 in the following areas: (1) direct marketing to our gold card customers increased $1.9 million; (2) general marketing costs increased $1.4 million; (3) product specific TV advertising increased $0.5 million; (4) store signage costs increased $0.6 million; and (5) other advertising expenses increased by $0.7 million.
          Other SG&A. Other SG&A expenses, including amortization expense, decreased $2.2 million, or 2.9%, to $73.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $76.0 million for the same period in 2003. The primary reasons for the decrease were: (1) a decrease of $3.6 million in research and development costs; (2) reduced bad debt expense of $4.0 million; (3) reduced amortization expense of $3.1 million; (4) reduced one time costs previously incurred as a result of the Acquisition of $2.4 million; and (5) a reduction of $1.3 million in credit card transaction expenses. These decreases were offset by: (1) a $4.6 million increase in insurance expense; (2) a $3.5 million increase in other professional fees, of which $0.8 million was related to our ongoing efforts to prepare for Sarbanes-Oxley requirements and $1.5 million related to the management service agreement with Apollo Management V; (3) an increase of $0.6 million in hardware and software maintenance costs; and (4) an increase of $3.5 million in other operating expenses.
     Foreign Currency Gain
          Consolidated foreign currency gain decreased $2.6 million, or 89.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $0.3 million compared to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

39


Table of Contents

     Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets
          Management initiated an evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 1, 2004 and based on that evaluation found there to be no charge to impairment for 2004. In October 2003, Numico entered into an agreement to sell GNCI for a purchase price that indicated a potential impairment of our long-lived assets. Accordingly, management initiated an evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of September 30, 2003. As a result of this evaluation, an impairment charge of $709.4 million (pre-tax) was recognized for goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles in accordance with SFAS No. 142.
     Other Income and Expense
          For the year ended December 31, 2003, we received $7.2 million in non-recurring legal settlement proceeds related to raw material pricing litigation. We received no proceeds from legal settlements for the year ended December 31, 2004.
          For the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred a $1.3 million charge for costs related to the preparation of a registration statement for an offering of our Common Stock to the public. These costs were expensed, as this offering was not completed and the registration statement was withdrawn. There were no other expenses in this category for the year ended December 31, 2003.
     Operating Income (Loss)
          Consolidated. As a result of the foregoing, operating income increased $735.6 million, to $100.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $634.9 million operating loss for the same period in 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized a $709.4 million impairment charge relating to the write down of our goodwill and intangible assets, with no impairment charges in 2004. Operating income as a percentage of net revenue was 7.5% for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to a 44.4% operating loss for the same period in 2003.
          Retail. Operating income increased $22.0 million, or 25.7%, to $107.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $85.7 million for the same period in 2003. The increase was a result of improved margins due to the sales shift to higher margin items, decreased depreciation expense and decreased rental costs due to operating fewer stores, offset by an increase in advertising and marketing expenses.
          Franchise. Operating income decreased $3.7 million, or 5.6%, to $62.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $66.1 million for the same period in 2003. The decrease was principally a result of fewer sales of company-owned stores to franchisees and decreased wholesale product sales.
          Manufacturing/Wholesale. Operating income increased $12.9 million, or 50.2%, to $38.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $25.7 million for the same period in 2003. This increase was primarily the result of increased revenues to our third-party customers, more favorable contract terms from a new agreement with Rite Aid, and decreased depreciation expense at our manufacturing facilities.
          Warehousing & Distribution Costs. Unallocated warehousing and distribution costs increased $5.2 million, or 11.8%, to $49.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $44.1 million for the same period in 2003. This increase in costs was primarily a result of decreased income from trucking services provided to our vendors and former affiliates, which was partially offset by reduced wages and related expenses.
          Corporate Costs. Operating expenses decreased $8.7 million, or 13.2%, to $57.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $66.1 million for the same period in 2003. This decrease was the result of decreases in: (1) research and development costs; (2) wage and benefit expense; and (3) one time transaction costs in preparing the Company for the Acquisition. These decreases were partially offset by increases in (1) insurance costs; (2) professional fees; and (3) other operating expenses.
          Other. Income from legal settlements decreased by $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the same period in 2003. The $7.2 million in non-recurring legal settlement proceeds related to raw material pricing litigation in the year ended December 31, 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred a $1.3 million charge for costs related to the preparation of a registration statement for an offering of our Common Stock to the public. These costs were expensed, as this offering was not completed and the registration statement has been withdrawn.
     Interest Expense
          Interest expense decreased $89.4 million, or 72.2%, to $34.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $123.9 million for the same period in 2003. This decrease was primarily attributable to the new debt structure after the Acquisition. The new debt structure consists of: (1) a $285.0 million term loan, with interest payable at an average rate of 5.42% for the year ended December 31, 2004; (2) $215.0 million of the Senior Subordinated Notes with interest payable at 8 1/2%; and (3) a $75.0 million revolving loan facility, with interest expense payable at an average rate of 0.79% for the year ended December 31, 2004, consisting of commitment fees and letter of credit fees, of which $8.0 million was used for letters of credit at December 31, 2004. Our new debt structure replaces our previous debt structure, which included intercompany debt of $1.8 billion, which was payable to Numico at an annual interest rate of 7.5%.

40


Table of Contents

     Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
          We recognized $24.5 million of consolidated income tax expense during the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to a $174.3 million benefit for the same period of 2003. The increased tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2004, was a result of an increase in income before income taxes of $66.2 million. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2004 was a 37.0% expense, compared to an effective tax rate of a 39.2% expense for the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 and a 23.0% benefit, for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003, which was primarily the result of a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets associated with interest expense on the related party push down debt from Numico. We believed that as of December 4, 2003, it was unlikely that future taxable income would be sufficient to realize the tax assets associated with the interest expense on the related party push down debt from Numico. Thus, a valuation allowance was recognized. According to the Purchase Agreement, Numico has agreed to indemnify the Company for any subsequent tax liabilities arising from periods prior to the Acquisition.
     Net Income (Loss)
          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated net income increased $626.2 million to $41.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to a loss of $584.5 million for the same period in 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized a $709.4 million (pre-tax) impairment charge relating to the write down of our goodwill and intangible assets, with no impairment in 2004. Although revenues decreased, these decreases were offset by improved margins, operating cost reductions, a decrease in impairment charges and a significant decrease in interest expense.
     Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
          We recognized $0.9 million of foreign currency gain for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $1.9 million for the same period in 2003. The amounts recognized in each period resulted from foreign currency adjustments related to the investment in and receivables due from our Canadian and Australian subsidiaries.

41


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
          At December 31, 2005, we had $86.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and $297.0 million in working capital compared with $85.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and $281.1 million in working capital at December 31, 2004. The $15.9 million increase in working capital was primarily driven by our increase in inventory.
     Cash Provided by Operating Activities
          Cash provided by operating activities was $64.2 million, $83.5 million and $97.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. The primary reason for the decrease in each year was the reduction in net income (excluding the $709.4 million impairment in 2003) and changes in working capital accounts. Net income decreased $23.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the same period in 2004.
          For the year ended December 31, 2005, inventory increased $33.3 million, as a result of increases in our finished goods, bulk inventory and packaging supplies and a decrease in our reserves. This inventory increase supports our strategy of ensuring our top-selling products are always in stock. Franchise notes receivable decreased $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, as a result of payments on existing notes, fewer company-financed franchise store openings than in prior years and the closing of 171 franchises in 2005. Accrued interest for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased $6.0 million due to the 2005 issuance of the $150.0 million Senior Notes, which has interest payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 each year. Other assets decreased $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, primarily a result of a reduction in prepaids and long-term deposits.
          For the year ended December 31, 2004, inventory increased $24.7 million, a result of increasing our finished goods and bulk inventory and a decrease in our reserves. Franchise notes receivable decreased $11.6 million in 2004, a result of payments on existing notes and fewer franchise store openings than in prior years. Accrued liabilities decreased $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, primarily a result of reductions of: (1) class action wage accrual of $4.2 million; (2) incentives of $4.5 million; (3) change of control payments of $9.2 million; (4) store closings accruals of $4.3 million; (5) certain insurance accruals of $6.0 million; and (6) other accruals of $0.7 million. The $6.0 million change in certain insurance accruals related to our prepaid insurance premiums which were paid in cash at December 31, 2004 and at December 31, 2003 were recorded as a liability and prepaid through a financing arrangement. Net deferred taxes changed $24.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2004, a result of an increase in our deferred tax liability, which was due to book versus tax timing differences.
          For the year ended December 31, 2003, receivables decreased due to the receipt of $134.8 million of legal settlement proceeds in January 2003, relating to raw material pricing litigation. This was partially offset by the settlement of a $70.6 million receivable due from Numico at December 4, 2003, which was generated from periodic cash sweeps by our former parent during the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003. Net deferred taxes changed $197.6 million in the period ended December 4, 2003, a result of the $709.4 million impairment creating the significant net loss position.
     Cash Used in Investing Activities
          We used cash from investing activities of $21.5 million, $27.0 million and $771.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. We used $738.1 million to acquire GNCI from Numico in December 2003. This $738.1 million was reduced by approximately $12.7 million for a purchase price adjustment received in April 2004, and increased by $7.8 million for other acquisition costs, for a net purchase price of $733.2 million. Capital expenditures decreased $7.5 million from 2005 compared to 2004 and decreased $4.5 million from 2004 compared to 2003. Capital expenditures, which were primarily for improvements to our retail stores and our South Carolina manufacturing facility, were $20.8 million, $28.3 million and $32.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
     Cash Used in and Provided by Financing Activities
          In January 2005, Centers issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of its Senior Notes and used the net proceeds from this issuance, along with $39.4 million cash on hand, to pay down $185.0 million of Centers’ indebtedness under its term loan facility. For the year ended December 31, 2005, we also paid $4.7 million in fees related to the Senior Notes offering and paid down an additional $2.0 million of debt.
          We used cash in financing activities of approximately $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The primary uses of cash for the year ended December 31, 2004 was for payments on long term debt of $3.8 million and for payment of financing fees related to the issuance of Centers’ Senior Subordinated Notes and a bank credit agreement amendment of $1.1 million. In addition, we subsequently sold shares of our Common Stock for net proceeds of approximately $1.6 million to certain members of our management.

42


Table of Contents

          The primary use of cash in the period ended December 4, 2003 was principal payments on debt of Numico, of which we were a guarantor. For the 27 days ended December 31, 2003, the primary source of cash to fund the Acquisition was from borrowings under Centers senior credit facility of $285.0 million, proceeds from Centers issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes of $215.0 million and proceeds from the issuance of shares of our Common Stock of $177.5 million and of our Series A Preferred Stock of $100.0 million.
          Senior Credit Facility. In connection with the Acquisition, Centers entered into a senior credit facility with a syndicate of lenders. The Company and its domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed Centers’ obligations under the senior credit facility. The senior credit facility at December 31, 2004 consisted of a $285.0 million term loan facility and a $75.0 million revolving credit facility. Centers borrowed the entire $285.0 million under the original term loan facility to fund part of the Acquisition, with none of the $75.0 million revolving credit facility being utilized to fund the Acquisition. This facility was subsequently amended in December 2004. In January 2005, as a stipulation of the December 2004 amendment to the senior credit facility, Centers used the net proceeds of their Senior Notes offering of $145.6 million, together with $39.4 million of cash on hand, to repay a portion of the indebtedness under the prior $285.0 million term loan facility. At December 31, 2005, the amended credit facility consisted of a $96.2 million term loan facility and a $75.0 million revolving credit facility.
          The senior credit facility matures on December 5, 2009 and permits Centers to prepay a portion or all of the outstanding balance without incurring penalties. The revolving credit facility matures on December 5, 2008. The revolving credit facility allows for $50.0 million to be used as collateral for outstanding letters of credit, of which $8.6 million and $8.0 million was used at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively, leaving $66.4 million and $67.0 million, respectively, of this facility available for borrowing on such dates. Interest on the term loan facility is payable quarterly in arrears and at December 31, 2005 and 2004, carried an average interest rate of 7.4% and 5.4%, respectively. The senior credit facility contains customary covenants including financial tests, (including maximum total leverage, minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and maximum capital expenditures) and certain other limitations such as the Company’s and its subsidiaries ability to incur additional debt, guarantee other obligations, grant liens on assets, make investments, acquisitions or mergers, dispose of assets, make optional payments or modifications of other debt instruments, and pay dividends or other payments on capital stock. See the “Long-Term Debt” note to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.
          Senior Notes. In January 2005, Centers issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes, with an interest rate of 8 5/8%. The Senior Notes mature in 2011. Centers used the net proceeds of this offering of $145.6 million, together with $39.4 million of cash on hand, to repay $185.0 million of the indebtedness under its term loan facility.
          Senior Subordinated Notes. On December 5, 2003, Centers issued $215.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes in connection with the Acquisition. The Senior Subordinated Notes mature in 2010 and bear interest at the rate of 81/2% per annum.
          Common and Preferred Stock. In addition, our Principal Stockholder and certain of our directors and members of senior management of the Company made an equity contribution of $277.5 million in exchange for 29,566,666 shares of Common Stock and in the case of the Principal Stockholder, 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company. The proceeds of the equity contribution were contributed to Centers to fund a portion of the Acquisition price. In addition, we subsequently sold shares of our Common Stock for net proceeds of approximately $1.6 million to certain members of our management. The proceeds of all of such sales were contributed by us to Centers.
          We expect to fund our operations through internally generated cash and, if necessary, from borrowings under our $75.0 million revolving credit facility. We expect our primary uses of cash in the near future will be debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. We anticipate that cash generated from operations, together with amounts available under our revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our future operating expenses, capital expenditures and debt service obligations as they become due. However, our ability to make scheduled payments of principal on, to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness and to satisfy our other debt obligations will depend on our future operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial and other factors beyond our control. We believe that we have complied with our covenant reporting and compliance in all material respects for the year ended December 31, 2005.

43


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations
          The following table summarizes our future minimum non-cancelable contractual obligations at December 31, 2005:
                                         
    Payments due by period
            Less than            
(in millions)   Total   1 year   1 - 3 years   4 - 5 years   After 5 years
     
Long-term debt obligations (1)
  $ 473.4     $ 2.1     $ 4.4     $ 311.1     $ 155.8  
Scheduled interest payments (2)
    186.3       39.7       78.7       66.8       1.1  
Operating lease obligations (3)
    339.7       98.1       134.1       64.8       42.7  
Purchase obligations (4)(5)
    16.1       4.2       4.1       3.3       4.5  
     
 
  $ 1,015.5     $ 144.1     $ 221.3     $ 446.0     $ 204.1  
     
 
(1)   These balances consist of the following debt obligations: (a) $215.0 million for Centers’ 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes; (b) $150.0 million for Centers’ 8 5/8% Senior Notes; (c) $96.2 million for Centers’ senior credit facility; (d) $12.2 million for Centers’ mortgage; and (e) less than $0.1 million for capital leases. See the “Long-Term Debt” note to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.
 
(2)   These balances represent the interest that will accrue on the long-term obligations, which includes some variable debt interest payments, which are estimated using current interest rates. See the “Long-Term Debt” note to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.
 
(3)   These balances consist of the following operating leases: (a) $313.0 million for company-owned retail stores, (b) $101.5 million for franchise retail stores, which is offset by $101.5 million of sublease income from franchisees, and (c) $26.7 million relates to various leases for tractors/trailers, warehouses, automobiles and various equipment at our facilities. See the “Long-Term Lease Obligation” note to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.
 
(4)   These balances consist of $3.5 million of advertising and inventory commitments and $12.6 million related to a management services agreement and credit facility administration fees. The management service agreement was made between the Company and Apollo Management V. In consideration of Apollo Management V’s services, the Company is obligated to pay an annual fee of $1.5 million for ten years commencing on December 5, 2003. See the “Related Party Transactions” note to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report. The Company also has a $0.1 million credit facility administration fee due annually.
 
(5)   This balance excludes $21.5 million related to contracts with an advertising vendor, which were terminated by GNC and are currently in litigation. See Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” in this Report.
          In addition to the obligations scheduled above, we have 100,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock that accrue dividends at a rate of 12%, with dividends in arrears of $27.8 million at December 31, 2005. See the “Preferred Stock” note to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.
          In addition to the obligations scheduled above, we have entered into employment agreements with certain executives that provide for compensation and certain other benefits. Under certain circumstances, including a change of control, some of these agreements provide for severance or other payments, if those circumstances would ever occur during the term of the employment agreement.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
          As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, we had no relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off balance sheet arrangements, or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are, therefore, not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.

44


Table of Contents

          We have a balance of unused advertising barter credits on account with a third-party advertising agency. We generated these barter credits by exchanging inventory with a third-party barter vendor. In exchange, the barter vendor supplied us with advertising credits. We did not record a sale on the transaction as the inventory sold was for expiring products that were previously fully reserved for on our balance sheet. In accordance with the Accounting Principles Board (”APB”) APB No. 29, a sale is recognized based on either the value given up or the value received, whichever is more easily determinable. The value of the inventory was determined to be zero, as the inventory was fully reserved. Therefore, these credits were not recognized on the balance sheet and are only realized when we advertise through the bartering company. The credits can be used to offset the cost of cable advertising. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the available credit balance was $9.5 million, and $11.3 million, respectively. The barter credits are effective through April 1, 2006.
Effect of Inflation
          Inflation generally affects us by increasing costs of raw materials, labor and equipment. We do not believe that inflation had any material effect on our results of operations in the periods presented in our consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Estimates
          You should review the significant accounting policies described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements under the heading ‘‘Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies’’ included elsewhere in this Report.
     Use of Estimates
          Certain amounts in our financial statements require management to use estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Our accounting policies are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements under the heading ‘‘Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies’’ included elsewhere in this Report. Our critical accounting policies and estimates are described in this section. An accounting estimate is considered critical if:
    the estimate requires management to make assumptions about matters that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made;
 
    different estimates reasonably could have been used; or
 
    changes in the estimate that would have a material impact on our financial condition or our results of operations are likely to occur from period to period.
Management believes that the accounting estimates used are appropriate and the resulting balances are reasonable. However, actual results could differ from the original estimates, requiring adjustments to these balances in future periods.
     Revenue Recognition
          We operate primarily as a retailer, through company-owned stores, franchised stores, and to a lesser extent, as a wholesaler. On December 28, 2005, we started recognizing revenue through product sales on our website, gnc.com. We apply the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, ‘‘Revenue Recognition.’’ We recognize revenues in our Retail segment at the moment a sale to a customer is recorded. Gross revenues are reduced by actual customer returns and a provision for estimated future customer returns, which is based on management’s estimates after a review of historical customer returns. We recognize revenues on product sales to franchisees and other third parties when the risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the franchisee or third-party. We recognize revenues from franchise fees at the time a franchised store opens or at the time of franchise renewal or transfer, as applicable.
     Inventories
          Where necessary, we provide estimated allowances to adjust the carrying value of our inventory to the lower of cost or net realizable value. These estimates require us to make approximations about the future demand for our products in order to categorize the status of such inventory items as slow moving, obsolete or in excess of need. These future estimates are subject to the ongoing accuracy of management’s forecasts of market conditions, industry trends

45


Table of Contents

and competition. We are also subject to volatile changes in specific product demand as a result of unfavorable publicity, government regulation and rapid changes in demand for new and improved products or services.
     Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
          The majority of our retail revenues are received as cash or cash equivalents. The majority of our franchise revenues are billed to the franchisees with varying terms for payment. We offer financing to qualified domestic franchisees with the initial purchase of a franchise location. The notes are demand notes, payable monthly over periods of five to seven years. We generate a significant portion of our revenue from ongoing product sales to franchisees and third-party customers. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established based on regular evaluations of our franchisees’ and third-party customers’ financial health, the current status of trade receivables and any historical write-off experience. We maintain both specific and general reserves for doubtful accounts. General reserves are based upon our historical bad debt experience, overall review of our aging of accounts receivable balances, general economic conditions of our industry or the geographical regions and regulatory environments of our third-party customers and franchisees.
     Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
          Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets with finite useful lives, are evaluated periodically by us for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any such asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying value, we recognize an impairment loss, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. These estimates of cash flow require significant management judgment and certain assumptions about future volume, revenue and expense growth rates, foreign exchange rates, devaluation and inflation. As such, this estimate may differ from actual cash flows.
     Self-Insurance
          The Company has procured insurance for such areas as: (1) general liability; (2) product liability; (3) directors and officers liability; (4) property insurance; and (5) ocean marine insurance. The Company is self-insured for such areas as: (1) medical benefits; (2) worker’s compensation coverage in the State of New York with a stop loss of $250,000; (3) physical damage to the Company’s tractors, trailers and fleet vehicles for field personnel use; and (4) physical damages that may occur at the corporate store locations. We are not insured for certain property and casualty risks due to the frequency and severity of a loss, the cost of insurance and the overall risk analysis. The Company’s associated liability for this self-insurance was not significant as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. Prior to the Acquisition, GNCI was included as an insured under several of Numico’s global insurance policies.
          The Company carries product liability insurance with a retention of $1.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $10.0 million. The Company carries general liability insurance with retention of $100,000 per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $600,000. The majority of the Company’s workers’ compensation and auto insurance are in a deductible/retrospective plan. The Company reimburses the insurance company for the workers compensation and auto liability claims, subject to a $250,000 and $100,000 loss limit per claim, respectively.
          As part of the medical benefits program, the Company contracts with national service providers to provide benefits to its employees for all medical, dental, vision and prescription drug services. The Company then reimburses these service providers as claims are processed from Company employees. The Company maintains a specific stop loss provision of $250,000 per incident with a maximum limit up to $2.0 million per participant, per benefit year, respectively. The Company has no additional liability once a participant exceeds the $2.0 million ceiling. The Company’s liability for medical claims is included as a component of accrued benefits in the “Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities” footnote and was $3.0 million and $2.6 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
     Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
          On an annual basis, we perform a valuation of the goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets associated with our operating segments. To the extent that the fair value associated with the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than the recorded value, we write down the value of the asset. The valuation of the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is affected by, among other things, our business plan for the future, and estimated results of future operations. Changes in the business plan or operating results that are different than the estimates used to develop the valuation of the assets may result in an impact on their valuation.

46


Table of Contents

          Historically, we have recognized impairments to our goodwill and intangible assets based on declining financial results and market conditions. The most recent valuation was performed at October 1, 2005, and no impairment was found. There was no impairment found during 2004. At September 30, 2003, we evaluated the carrying value of our goodwill and intangible assets, and recognized an impairment charge accordingly. See the “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” note to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report. Based upon our improved capitalization of our financial statements subsequent to the Acquisition, the stabilization of our financial condition, our anticipated future results based on current estimates and current market conditions, we do not currently expect to incur additional impairment charges in the near future.
     Leases
The Company has various operating leases for company-owned and franchised store locations and equipment. Store leases generally include amounts relating to base rental, percent rent and other charges such as common area maintenance fees and real estate taxes. Periodically, the Company receives varying amounts of reimbursements from landlords to compensate the Company for costs incurred in the construction of stores. These reimbursements are amortized by the Company as an offset to rent expense over the life of the related lease. The Company determines the period used for the straight-line rent expense for leases with option periods and conforms it to the term used for amortizing improvements.
     Income Taxes
          We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. At any point in time we have various tax audits in progress. As a result, we also record reserves for estimates of probable settlements of these audits. The results of these audits and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these issues.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
          In October 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Staff Position FAS 13-1, “Accounting for Rental Costs Incurred during a Construction Period,” which requires rental costs associated with ground or building operating leases that are incurred during a construction period to be recognized as rental expense. This Staff Position is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005, and retrospective application is permitted but not required. The adoption of this statement is not expected to have a significant effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations since we currently expense such costs.
          In September 2005, the EITF No. 05-6, “Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements Purchased after Lease Inception or Acquired in a Business Combination.” Effective for leasehold improvements (within the scope of this Issue) that are purchased or acquired in reporting periods beginning after June 29, 2005. Early application of the consensus was permitted in periods for which financial statements have not been issued. This Issue addresses the amortization period for leasehold improvements in operating leases that are either placed in service significantly after and not contemplated at or near the beginning of the initial lease term or acquired in a business combination. We had already adopted the practices effective for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the adoption did not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
          In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial account Standards (“SFAS”) No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Correction,” a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3. This statement replaces APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes, and FASB Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements, and changes the requirements for the accounting and reporting of a change in accounting principle. This statement requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of changes in accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to determine either the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. This statement defines retrospective application as the application of a different accounting principle to prior accounting periods as if that principle had always been used or as the adjustment of previously issued financial statements to reflect a change in the reporting entity. This statement also redefines restatement as the revising of previously issued financial statements to reflect the correction of an error. This statement is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We will adopt this standard beginning January 1, 2006.

47


Table of Contents

     In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations” (“FIN 47”). FIN 47 provides guidance relating to the identification of and financial reporting for legal obligations to perform an asset retirement activity. The Interpretation requires recognition of a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 also defines when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. FIN 47 was required to be applied no later than the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005; with retrospective application for interim financial information being permitted but not required. We adopted FIN 47 for the year ended December 31, 2005. The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
     In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment: an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 123 and 95.” SFAS No. 123(R) sets accounting requirements for “share-based” compensation to employees and disallows the use of the intrinsic value method of accounting for stock compensation. We will be required to account for such transactions using a fair-value method and to recognize compensation expense over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees. SFAS No. 123(R) is applicable for all interim and fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. This statement is effective for us on January 1, 2006 and we will use the modified prospective application method. The impact of this statement on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations has been historically disclosed on a pro-forma basis and will now be recognized as compensation expense on a prospective basis. Based on the equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2005, we expect compensation expense, net of tax, of $1.0 million to $2.0 million in 2006.
     In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs,” an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) No. 43, to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). This statement requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal”. In addition, this statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. Companies are required to adopt the provisions of this statement for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. We will adopt this standard starting January 1, 2006 and do not anticipate that the adoption will have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
     Market risk represents the risk of changes in the value of market risk sensitive instruments caused by fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in the results of our operations and cash flows. In the ordinary course of business, we are primarily exposed to foreign currency and interest rate risks. We do not use derivative financial instruments in connection with these market risks.
Foreign Exchange Rate Market Risk
     We are subject to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate changes in the conversion from local currencies to the U.S. dollar of the reported financial position and operating results of our non-U.S. based subsidiaries. We are also subject to foreign currency exchange rate changes for purchase and services that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The primary currencies to which we are exposed to fluctuations are the Canadian Dollar and the Australian Dollar. The fair value of our net foreign investments and our foreign denominated payables would not be materially affected by a 10% adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates for the periods presented.
Interest Rate Market Risk
     A portion of our debt is subject to changing interest rates. Although changes in interest rates do not impact our operating income, the changes could affect the fair value of such debt and related interest payments. As of December 31, 2005, we had fixed rate debt of $377.2 million and variable rate debt of $96.2 million. We have not entered into futures or swap contracts at this time. Based on our variable rate debt balance as of December 31, 2005, a 1% change in interest rates would increase or decrease our annual interest cost by $1.0 million.

48


Table of Contents

ITEM 8 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
      Page  
 
    50  
 
       
       
As of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004
    52  
 
       
       
For years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 and the period from January 1, 2003 through December 4, 2003
    53  
 
       
       
For years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 and the period from January 1, 2003 through December 4, 2003
    54  
 
       
       
For years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 and the period from January 1, 2003 through December 4, 2003
    55  
 
       
    56  

49


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Supervisory Board of Royal Numico N.V.
and the Stockholder of General Nutrition Companies, Inc.:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of General Nutrition Companies, Inc., and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the period from January 1, 2003 through December 4, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under item 15(a)(2), presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 1, 2004

50


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
GNC Corporation:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GNC Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from December 5, 2003 though December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under item 15(a)(2), presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 10, 2006

51


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share data)
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2004  
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 86,013     $ 85,161  
Receivables, net of reserve of $8,898 and $7,214, respectively (Note 3)
    70,630       68,148  
Inventories, net (Note 4)
    298,166       272,254  
Deferred tax assets, net (Note 5)
    13,861       14,133  
Other current assets (Note 6)
    30,826       36,382  
 
           
Total current assets
    499,496       476,078  
 
               
Long-term assets:
               
Goodwill (Note 7)
    80,109       78,585  
Brands (Note 7)
    212,000       212,000  
Other intangible assets, net (Note 7)
    26,460       28,652  
Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 8)
    179,482       195,409  
Deferred financing fees, net
    16,125       18,130  
Deferred tax assets, net (Note 5)
    45       1,093  
Other long-term assets (Note 9)
    10,114       21,393  
 
           
Total long-term assets
    524,335       555,262  
 
 
           
Total assets
  $ 1,023,831     $ 1,031,340  
 
           
 
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable, includes cash overdraft of $5,063 and $4,144, respectively (Note 10)
  $ 104,595     $ 106,557  
Accrued payroll and related liabilities (Note 11)
    20,812       20,353  
Accrued income taxes (Note 5)
    2,280        
Accrued interest (Note 13)
    7,877       1,863  
Current portion, long-term debt (Note 13)
    2,117       3,901  
Other current liabilities (Note 12)
    64,826       61,325  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    202,507       193,999  
 
               
Long-term liabilities:
               
Long-term debt (Note 13)
    471,244       506,474  
Other long-term liabilities
    10,891       9,866  
 
           
Total long-term liabilities
    482,135       516,340  
 
 
           
Total liabilities
    684,642       710,339  
 
               
Cumulative redeemable exchangeable preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 110,000 shares authorized, 100,000 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $136,349 and $123,815, respectively) (Note 17)
    127,115       112,734  
 
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 29,538,413 and 29,854,663 shares issued and outstanding, respectively (Note 18)
    296       299  
Paid-in-capital
    177,615       178,245  
Retained earnings
    32,939       28,924  
Treasury stock, at cost, 0 and 100,000 shares, respectively (Note 18)
          (364 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,224       1,163  
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    212,074       208,267  
 
               
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,023,831     $ 1,031,340  
 
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

52


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(in thousands)
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
                    27 days ended       Period ended  
    Year ended December 31,     December 31,       December 4,  
    2005     2004     2003       2003  
Revenue
  $ 1,317,708     $ 1,344,742     $ 89,288       $ 1,340,209  
 
                                 
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
    898,740       895,235       63,580         934,860  
 
                         
Gross profit
    418,968       449,507       25,708         405,349  
 
                                 
Compensation and related benefits
    228,626       229,957       16,719         234,990  
Advertising and promotion
    44,661       43,955       514         38,413  
Other selling, general and administrative
    76,532       73,871       5,098         70,938  
Income from legal settlements
                        (7,190 )
Foreign currency (gain) loss
    (555 )     (290 )     22         (2,895 )
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
                        709,367  
Other (income) expense
    (2,500 )     1,330                
 
                         
Operating income (loss)
    72,204       100,684       3,355         (638,274 )
 
                                 
Interest expense, net (Note 13)
    43,078       34,515       2,773         121,125  
 
                         
 
                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    29,126       66,169       582         (759,399 )
 
                                 
Income tax expense (benefit) (Note 5)
    10,730       24,502       228         (174,478 )
 
                         
 
                                 
Net income (loss)
    18,396       41,667       354         (584,921 )
 
                                 
Other comprehensive income
    61       861       302         1,603  
 
                         
 
                                 
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 18,457     $ 42,528     $ 656       $ (583,318 )
 
                         
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

53


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
(in thousands, except share data)
                                                                 
                                                    Accumulated        
                                                    Other     Total  
    Common Stock             Retained     Treasury Stock     Comprehensive     Stockholders’  
    Shares     Dollars     Paid-in-Capital     Earnings     Shares     Dollars     (Loss)/Income     (Deficit) Equity  
Predessor
                                                               
 
                                                               
Balance at January 1, 2003
        $     $ 690,955     $ (1,183,231 )               $ (1,476 )   $ (493,752 )
Net loss
                      (584,921 )                       (584,921 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                        1,603       1,603  
 
 
                                               
Balance at December 4, 2003
        $     $ 690,955     $ (1,768,152 )   $     $     $ 127     $ (1,077,070 )
 
                                               
 
                                                               
 
Successor
                                                               
 
                                                               
GNC Corporation investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc
    29,566,666     $ 296     $ 177,204     $     $     $           $ 177,500  
Preferred stock dividends
                (534 )     (354 )                       (888 )
Amortization of preferred stock issuance costs
                (3 )                             (3 )
Net income
                      354                         354  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                        302       302  
 
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2003
    29,566,666       296       176,667                         302       177,265  
 
                                                               
Issuance of common stock
    287,997       3       1,578                               1,581  
Purchase of treasury stock
                            (100,000 )     (364 )           (364 )
Preferred stock dividends
                      (12,642 )                       (12,642 )
Amortization of preferred stock issuance costs
                      (101 )                       (101 )
Net income
                      41,667                         41,667  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                        861       861  
 
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2004
    29,854,663       299       178,245       28,924       (100,000 )     (364 )     1,163       208,267  
 
                                                               
Retirement of treasury stock
    (100,000 )     (1 )     (363 )           100,000       364              
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
    (216,250 )     (2 )     (899 )                             (901 )
Non-cash stock compensation
                632                               632  
Preferred stock dividends
                      (14,248 )                       (14,248 )
Amortization of preferred stock issuance costs
                      (133 )                       (133 )
Net income
                      18,396                         18,396  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                        61       61  
 
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2005
    29,538,413     $ 296     $ 177,615     $ 32,939           $     $ 1,224     $ 212,074  
 
                                               
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

54


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year ended     27 days ended       Period ended  
    December 31,     December 31,       December 4,  
    2005     2004     2003       2003  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                 
Net income.
  $ 18,396     $ 41,667     $ 354       $ (584,921 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                 
Depreciation expense
    37,045       34,778       1,950         50,880  
Fixed asset write-off
    665                      
Non-cash stock compensation
    632                      
Stock appreciation rights compensation
                        4,347  
Deferred fee writedown — early debt extinguishment
    3,890                      
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
                        709,367  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,990       4,015       303         8,171  
Amortization of deferred financing fees
    2,825       2,772       224          
Increase in provision for inventory losses
    9,353       9,588       2,237         27,701  
Increase in provision for losses on accounts receivable
    1,784       1,828       767         1,953  
Decrease (increase) in net deferred taxes
    1,321       24,154       (210 )       (197,629 )
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                                 
(Increase) decrease in receivables
    (6,198 )     3,455       2,119         57,933  
(Increase) decrease in inventory, net
    (33,259 )     (24,658 )     1,581         1,258  
Decrease in franchise note receivables, net
    6,650       11,572       1,326         1,546  
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    6,684       (319 )     (10,977 )       (5,597 )
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable
    (2,853 )     3,855       (5,342 )       (3,245 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued taxes
    2,280       (438 )     438         5,638  
Increase in interest payable
    6,014       64       1,799          
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities
    4,967       (28,865 )     8,119         15,466  
 
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    64,186       83,468       4,688         92,868  
 
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                 
Capital expenditures
    (20,825 )     (28,329 )     (1,827 )       (31,020 )
Sale of corporate stores to franchisees
    23       169       24         2,760  
Store acquisition costs
    (733 )     (979 )     (81 )       (3,193 )
Acquisition of General Nutrition Companies, Inc
          2,102       (738,117 )        
 
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (21,535 )     (27,037 )     (740,001 )       (31,453 )
 
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                 
Issuance (costs) proceeds of preferred stock
          (459 )     100,000          
Issuance of common stock
          1,581       177,500          
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
    (901 )                    
Purchase of treasury stock
          (364 )              
Increase (decrease) in cash overdrafts
    919       (347 )     1,735         1,915  
Payments on long-term debt, related party
                        (91,794 )
Payments on long-term debt, third parties
    (187,014 )     (3,828 )             (887 )
Proceeds from senior notes issuance
    150,000                      
Borrowings from senior credit facility
                285,000          
Proceeds from senior subordinated notes issuance
                215,000            
Financing fees
    (4,710 )     (1,106 )     (20,020 )        
 
                         
Net cash used in financing activities
    (41,706 )     (4,523 )     759,215         (90,766 )
 
                         
Effect of exchange rate on cash
    (93 )     77       (152 )       12  
 
                         
Net increase in cash
    852       51,985       23,750         (29,339 )
Beginning balance, cash
    85,161       33,176       9,426         38,765  
 
                         
Ending balance, cash
  $ 86,013     $ 85,161     $ 33,176       $ 9,426  
 
                       
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

55


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1. NATURE OF BUSINESS
     General Nature of Business. GNC Corporation (“GNC” or the “Company”) (f/k/a General Nutrition Centers Holding Company), a Delaware corporation, is a leading specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, which include: vitamins, minerals and herbal supplements (“VMHS”), sports nutrition products, diet products and other wellness products.
     The Company’s organizational structure is vertically integrated as the operations consist of purchasing raw materials, formulating and manufacturing products and selling the finished products through its retail, franchising and manufacturing/wholesale segments. The Company operates primarily in three business segments: Retail; Franchising; and Manufacturing/Wholesale. Corporate retail store operations are located in North America and Puerto Rico and in addition the Company offers products domestically through gnc.com and drugstore.com. Franchise stores are located in the United States and 40 international markets. The Company operates its primary manufacturing facilities in South Carolina and distribution centers in Arizona, Pennsylvania and South Carolina. The Company also operates a smaller manufacturing facility in Australia. The Company manufactures the majority of its branded products, but also merchandises various third-party products. Additionally, the Company licenses the use of its trademarks and trade names.
     The processing, formulation, packaging, labeling and advertising of the Company’s products are subject to regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), Consumer Product Safety Commission, United States Department of Agriculture and the Environmental Protection Agency. These activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states and localities in which the Company’s products are sold.
     Acquisition of the Company. In August 1999, General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (“GNCI”) was acquired by Numico Investment Corp. (“NIC”), which subsequent to the Acquisition, was merged into GNCI. NIC was a wholly owned subsidiary of Numico U.S. L.P., which was merged into Nutricia USA, Inc. (“Nutricia”) in 2000. Nutricia (now known as Numico USA, Inc.) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Koninklijke (Royal) Numico N.V. (“Numico”), a Dutch public company headquartered in Zoetermeer, Netherlands. The results of GNCI were reported as part of the consolidated Numico financial statements from August 1999 to December 4, 2003.
     On October 16, 2003, the Company entered into a purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Numico and Numico USA, Inc. to acquire 100% of the outstanding equity interest of GNCI from Numico USA, Inc. on December 5, 2003, (the “Acquisition”). The purchase equity contribution was made by GNC Investors, LLC (“GNC LLC”), an affiliate of Apollo Management V, L.P. (“Apollo Management V”), together with additional institutional investors and certain management of the Company. The equity contribution from GNC LLC was recorded by the Company. The Company utilized this equity contribution to purchase the investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc. (“Centers”). Centers is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The transaction closed on December 5, 2003 and was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. As a result of the Acquisition, fair values were assigned and the accompanying financial statements as of December 31, 2003 reflect adjustments made in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations”.
     The net purchase price was $733.2 million, which was paid from total proceeds via a combination of cash and the proceeds from the issuance of Centers’ 81/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”) and borrowings under a senior credit facility, and is summarized herein. Apollo Investment Fund V, L.P., together with related co-investment entities (collectively, ‘Apollo Funds V’’) and certain institutional investors, through GNC LLC and the Company, contributed a cash equity investment of $277.5 million to Centers. In connection with the Acquisition, on December 5, 2003, Centers also issued $215.0 million aggregate principal amount of its Senior Subordinated Notes, resulting in net proceeds to Centers of $207.1 million. In addition, Centers obtained a secured senior credit facility consisting of a $285.0 million term loan facility due in 2009 and a $75.0 million revolving credit facility due in 2008. Centers borrowed the entire $285.0 million under the term loan facility to fund a portion of the Acquisition price, which netted proceeds to Centers of $275.8 million. These total proceeds were reduced by certain debt issuance and other transaction costs. Subject to certain limitations in accordance with the Purchase Agreement, Numico and Numico USA, Inc. agreed to indemnify Centers on losses arising from, among other items, breaches of representations, warranties, covenants and other certain liabilities relating to the business of GNCI, arising prior to December 5, 2003 as well as any losses payable in connection with certain litigation including ephedra related claims. Centers utilized these proceeds to purchase GNCI, with the remainder of $19.8 million used to fund operating capital.
     At December 31, 2003, the Company had recorded a $15.7 million receivable from Numico related to a working capital contingent purchase price adjustment and an estimated $3.0 million payable to Numico related to a tax purchase price adjustment. Subsequent to the Acquisition, in 2004, the Company received a cash payment of $15.7 million from Numico related to a working capital contingent purchase price adjustment and the Company remitted a payment to Numico of $5.9 million related to a tax purchase price adjustment.

56


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
     The accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been prepared by the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with the instructions to Form 10-K and Regulation  S-X.
     The accompanying financial statements for the periods prior to the Acquisition are labeled as “Predecessor” and the periods subsequent to the Acquisition are labeled as “Successor”.
     Successor. The accompanying financial statements for the calendar year end December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Included in this period are fair value adjustments to assets and liabilities, including inventory, goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment. Also included is the corresponding effect these adjustments had to cost of sales, depreciation and amortization expenses.
     Predecessor. For the period from January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003 the consolidated financial statements of GNCI were prepared on a carve-out basis and reflect the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The financial statements for this period reflected amounts that were pushed down from Nutricia and Numico in order to depict the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of GNCI based on these carve-out principles. In conjunction with the sale of GNCI to the Company, all related party term debt was settled in full. As a result of recording these amounts, the financial statements of GNCI may not be indicative of the results that would be presented if GNCI had operated as an independent, stand-alone entity. Refer to the following footnotes for further discussion of GNCI’s related party transactions with Nutricia, Numico and other related entities.
     The Company’s normal reporting period is based on a 52-week calendar year. Therefore, the Predecessor results of operations presented in the accompanying audited financial statements for the period from January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of the results that would be expected for the full reporting year.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
     Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries. The equity method of accounting is used for investment ownership ranging from 20% to 50%. Investment ownership of less than 20% is accounted for on the cost method. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
     Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions. Accordingly, these estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Some of the most significant estimates pertaining to the Company include the valuation of inventories, the allowance for doubtful accounts, income tax valuation allowances and the recoverability of long-lived assets. On a regular basis, management reviews its estimates utilizing currently available information, changes in facts and circumstances, historical experience and reasonable assumptions. After such reviews and if deemed appropriate, those estimates are adjusted accordingly. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
     Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Company considers cash and cash equivalents to include all cash and liquid deposits and investments with a maturity of three months or less. The majority of payments due from banks for third-party credit cards process within 24-48 hours, except for transactions occurring on a Friday, which are generally processed the following Monday. All credit card transactions are classified as cash and the amounts due from these transactions totaled $2.6 million at December 31, 2005 and $1.4 million at December 31, 2004.
     Inventories. Inventory components consist of raw materials, finished product and packaging supplies. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on a first in/first out (“FIFO”) basis. Cost is determined using a standard costing system which approximates actual costs. The Company regularly reviews its inventory levels in order to identify slow moving and short dated products, expected length of time for product sell through and future expiring product. Upon analysis, the Company has established certain valuation allowances to reserve for such inventory. When allowances are considered necessary, after such reviews, the inventory balances are adjusted and reflected net in the accompanying financial statements.

57


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. The Company sells product to its franchisees and, to a lesser extent, various third parties. See the footnote, “Receivables”, for the components of accounts receivable. To determine the allowance for doubtful accounts in accordance with SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan (as amended)”, factors that affect collectibility from the Company’s franchisees or third-party customers include their financial strength, payment history, reported sales and the overall retail economy. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts for franchisees based on an assessment of the franchisees’ operations which includes analysis of their operating cash flows, sales levels, and status of amounts due to the Company, such as rent, interest and advertising. In addition, the Company considers the franchisees’ inventory and fixed assets, which the Company can use as collateral in the event of a default by the franchisee. An allowance for international franchisees is calculated based on unpaid, unsecured amounts associated with their receivable balance. An allowance for receivable balances due from third parties is recognized, if considered necessary, based on facts and circumstances. These allowances are deducted from the related receivables and reflected net in the accompanying financial statements.
     Notes Receivable. The Company offers financing to qualified franchisees in connection with the initial purchase of a franchise store. The notes offered by the Company to its franchisees are demand notes, payable monthly over a period ranging from five to seven years. Interest accrues principally at an annual rate that ranges from 9.25% to 13.75%, based on the amount of initial deposit, and is payable monthly. Allowances for these receivables are recognized in accordance with the Company’s policy described in the Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts policy.
     Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment expenditures are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the property. Fixtures are depreciated over three to eight years, and equipment is generally depreciated over ten years. Computer equipment and software costs are generally depreciated over three years. Amortization of improvements to retail leased premises is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the improvements, or over the life of the related leases including renewals that are reasonably assured, whichever period is shorter. Buildings are depreciated over 40 years and building improvements are depreciated over the remaining useful life of the building. The Company records tax depreciation in conformity with the provisions of applicable tax law.
     Expenditures that materially increase the value or clearly extend the useful life of property, plant and equipment are capitalized in accordance with the policies outlined above. Repair and maintenance costs incurred in the normal operations of business are expensed as incurred. Gains from the sale of property, plant and equipment are recognized in current operations.
     The Company recognized depreciation expense of property, plant and equipment of $37.0 million, $34.5 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the 27 days ended December 31, 2003, respectively. GNCI recognized $50.9 million for the period from January 1 to December 4, 2003.
     Goodwill and Intangible Assets. Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of acquired entities. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company completes its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter. The Company records goodwill and franchise rights upon the acquisition of franchisee stores when the consideration given to the franchisee exceeds the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the store. This goodwill is accounted for in accordance with the above policy. See the footnote, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”.
     Long-lived Assets. The Company periodically performs reviews of underperforming businesses and other long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, for impairment pursuant to the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” These reviews may include an analysis of the current operations and capacity utilization, in conjunction with an analysis of the markets in which the businesses are operating. A comparison is performed of the undiscounted projected cash flows of the current operating forecasts to the net book value of the related assets. If it is determined that the full value of the assets may not be recoverable, an appropriate charge to adjust the carrying value of the long-lived assets to fair value may be required.
     Revenue Recognition. The Company operates predominately as a retailer, through Company-owned stores, franchised stores and sales through its website, gnc.com and to a lesser extent through wholesale operations. For all years and period presented herein, the Company has complied with and adopted Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition.”
     The Retail segment recognizes revenue at the moment a sale to a customer is recorded. These revenues are recorded via the Company’s point of sale system. Gross revenues are netted (decreased) by actual customer returns and an allowance for expected customer returns. The Company records a reserve for expected customer returns based

58


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
on management’s estimate, which is derived from historical return data. Revenue is deferred on sales of the Company’s Gold Cards and subsequently amortized over 12 months. The length of the amortization period is determined based on matching the discounts associated with the Gold Card program to the revenue deferral during the twelve month membership period. For an annual fee, the card provides customers with a 20% discount on all products purchased, both on the date the card is purchased and certain specified days of every month. The Company also defers revenue for sales of gift cards until such time the gift cards are redeemed for products.
     The Franchise segment generates revenues through product sales to franchisees, royalties, franchise fees and interest income on the financing of the franchise locations. See the footnote, “Franchise Revenue”. These revenues are netted by actual franchisee returns and an allowance for projected returns. The franchisees purchase a majority of the products they sell from the Company at wholesale prices. Revenue on product sales to franchisees is recognized when risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the franchisee. Franchise fees are recognized by the Company at the time of a franchise store opening. Interest on the financing of franchisee notes receivable is recognized as it becomes due and payable. Gains from the sale of company-owned stores to franchisees are recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 66, “Accounting for Sales of Real Estate”. This standard requires gains on sales of corporate stores to franchisees to be deferred until certain criteria are satisfied regarding the collectibility of the related receivable and the seller’s remaining obligations. Remaining sources of franchise income, including royalties, are recognized as earned.
     The Manufacturing/Wholesale segment sells product primarily to the other Company segments, third-party customers and historically to certain related parties. Revenue is recognized when risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the customer. The Company also has a consignment arrangement with certain customers and revenue is recognized when products are sold to the ultimate customer.
     Cost of Sales. The Company purchases products directly from third party manufacturers as well as manufactures its on products. The Company’s cost of sales includes product costs, costs of warehousing and distribution and occupancy costs. The cost of manufactured products includes depreciation expense related to the manufacturing facility and related equipment. The amortization of intangibles is included in cost of sales as the underlying intangibles relates to the Company’s retail and franchise operations.
     Vendor Allowances. The Company enters into two main types of arrangements with certain vendors, the most significant of which results in the Company receiving credits as sales rebates based on arrangements with such vendors (“sales rebates”). The Company also enters into arrangements with certain vendors through which the Company receives rebates for purchases during the year typically based on volume discounts (“volume rebates”). As the right of offset exists under these arrangements, rebates received under both arrangements are recorded as a reduction in the vendors’ accounts payable balances on the balance sheet and represent the estimated amounts due to GNC under the rebate provisions of such contracts. Rebates are presented as a reduction in accounts payable and are immaterial at December 31, 2005 and 2004. The corresponding rebate income is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold, in accordance with the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 02- 16, “Accounting by a Reseller for Cash Consideration Received from a Vendor.” For volume rebates, the appropriate level of such income is derived from the level of actual purchases made by GNC from suppliers. The amount recorded as a reduction to cost of goods sold was $19.9 million, $13.8 million, $0.5 million and $16.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 and the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003, respectively.
     Distribution and Shipping Costs. The Company charges franchisees and third-party customers shipping and transportation costs and reflects these charges in revenue. The unreimbursed costs that are associated with these charges are included in cost of sales.
     Research and Development. Research and development costs arising from internally generated projects are expensed by the Company as incurred. The Company recognized $0.8 million, $1.7 million and $0.1 million in research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the 27 days ended December 31, 2003, respectively. GNCI recognized research and development amounts charged by Numico directly to expense during the Predecessor period. Research and development costs, recognized by GNCI, for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003 were $5.2 million. These costs are included in Other SG&A costs in the accompanying financial statements. See the footnote, “Related Party Transactions.”
     Advertising Expenditures. The Company recognizes advertising, promotion and marketing program costs the first time the advertising takes place with exception to the costs of producing advertising, which are expensed as incurred during production. The Company administers national advertising funds on behalf of its franchisees. In accordance with the franchisee contracts, the Company collects advertising funds from the franchisees and utilizes the proceeds to coordinate various advertising and marketing campaigns. The Company recognized $44.7 million, $44.0 million and $0.5 million in advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the 27 days ended December 31, 2003. GNCI recognized advertising expense of $38.4 million for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003.

59


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     The Company has a balance of unused advertising barter credits on accounts with a third-party advertising agency. The Company generated these barter credits by exchanging inventory with a third-party barter vendor. In exchange, the barter vendor supplied the Company with advertising credits. The Company did not record a sale on the transaction as the inventory sold was for expiring products which were previously fully reserved for on the Company’s balance sheet. In accordance with SFAS No. 153, a sale is recognized based on either the value given up or the value received, whichever is more easily determinable. The value of the inventory was determined to be zero as the inventory was fully reserved. Therefore, these credits were not recognized on the balance sheet and are only realized when the Company advertises through the bartering company. The credits can be used to offset the cost of cable advertising. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the available credit balance was $9.5 and $11.3 million, respectively. Any barter credits not earmarked for future advertising commitments, will expire on April 1, 2006.
     Leases. The Company has various operating leases for company-owned and franchised store locations and equipment. Store leases generally include amounts relating to base rental, percent rent and other charges such as common area maintenance fees and real estate taxes. Periodically, the Company receives varying amounts of reimbursements from landlords to compensate the Company for costs incurred in the construction of stores. These reimbursements are amortized by the Company as an offset to rent expense over the life of the related lease. The Company determines the period used for the straight-line rent expense for leases with option periods and conforms it to the term used for amortizing improvements.
     The Company leases a 630,000 square foot complex located in Anderson, South Carolina, for packaging, materials receipt, lab testing, warehousing, and distribution. Both the Greenville and Anderson facilities are leased on a long-term basis pursuant to “fee-in-lieu-of-taxes” arrangements with the counties in which the facilities are located, but the Company retains the right to purchase each of the facilities at any time during the lease for $1.00, subject to a loss of tax benefits. As part of a tax incentive arrangement, the Company assigned the facilities to the counties and leases them back under operating leases. The Company leases the facilities from the counties where located, in lieu of paying local property taxes. Upon exercising its right to purchase the facilities back from the counties, the Company will be subject to the applicable taxes levied by the counties. In accordance with SFAS No. 98, ‘‘Accounting for Leases,’’ the purchase option in the lease agreements prevent sale-leaseback accounting treatment. As a result, the original cost basis of the facilities remains on the balance sheet and continues to be depreciated.
     The Company leases a 210,000 square foot distribution center in Leetsdale, Pennsylvania and an 112,000 square foot distribution center in Phoenix, Arizona. The Company conducts additional manufacturing that it performs for wholesalers or retailers of third-party products, as well as certain additional warehousing at leased facilities located in New South Wales, Australia. The Company also has operating leases for its fleet of distribution tractors and trailers and fleet of field management vehicles. In addition, the Company also has a minimal amount of leased office space in California, Florida, Delaware and Illinois. The expense associated with leases that have escalating payment terms is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. See the footnote, “Long-Term Lease Obligations.”
     Lease Accounting Correction. Like other companies in the retail industry, in the first quarter of 2005, the Company reviewed its accounting practices and policies with respect to leasing transactions. Following that review the Company corrected an error in our 2004 and prior lease accounting practices to conform the period used to determine straight-line rent expense for leases with option periods with the term used to amortize improvements. The Company recognized a one-time non-cash rent charge of $0.9 million pre-tax, ($0.6 million after tax) in the fourth quarter of 2004. The charge was cumulative and primarily related to prior periods. As the correction relates solely to accounting treatment, it does not affect historical or future cash flows or the timing of payments under the related leases. The effect on the Company’s current or prior results of operations, cash flows and financial position was immaterial.
     Contingencies. In Accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies (as amended)” The Company accrues a loss contingency if it is probable and can be reasonably estimated that an asset had been impaired or a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements if those financial statements have not been issued.. If both of the conditions above are not met, or if an exposure to loss exists in excess of the amount accrued, disclosure of the contingency shall be made when there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss or an additional loss may have been incurred. The Company accrues costs that are part of legal settlements when the settlement is determined by the court or is probable.
     Pre-Opening Expenditures. The Company recognizes the cost associated with the opening of new stores as incurred. These costs are charged to expense and are not material for the periods presented. Franchise store pre-opening costs are incurred by the franchisees.

60


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Deferred Financing Fees. Costs related to the financing of the Senior Subordinated Notes, Senior Notes and the senior credit facility were capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the respective debt. Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 is $5.8 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
     Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” As prescribed by SFAS No. 109, the Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. See the footnote, “Income Taxes.”
     For the year ended December 31, 2005 the Company will file a consolidated federal income tax return. For state income tax purposes, the Company will file on both a consolidated and separate return basis in the states in which it conducts business. The Company filed in a consistent manner for the year ended December 31, 2004 and for the 27 days ended December 31, 2003.
     For the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003, GNCI was a member of a consolidated filing group for federal income tax purposes. The filing group included GNCI, Nutricia and two other U.S. based affiliates, Rexall Sundown, Inc. (“Rexall”) and Unicity Network, Inc. (“Unicity”), both also wholly owned by Numico. An informal tax sharing agreement existed among the members of the consolidated filing group that provided for each entity to be responsible for a portion of the consolidated tax liability equal to the amount that would have been determined on a separate return basis. The agreement also provided for each company to be paid for any decreases in the consolidated federal income tax liability resulting from the utilization of deductions, losses and credits from current or prior years that were attributable to each entity. The current and deferred tax expense for the period ended December 4, 2003 are presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and was determined as if GNCI were a separate taxpayer. For state income tax purposes, the Company files on both a consolidated and separate return basis in the states in which they conduct business. Amounts due to Numico for taxes were settled in conjunction with the Acquisition. According to the Purchase Agreement, Numico has agreed to indemnify the Company for any subsequent tax liabilities arising from periods prior to the Acquisition.
     Self-Insurance The Company has procured insurance for such areas as: (1) general liability; (2) product liability; (3) directors and officers liability; (4) property insurance; and (5) ocean marine insurance. The Company is self-insured for such areas as: (1) medical benefits; (2) worker’s compensation coverage in the State of New York with a stop loss of $250,000; (3) physical damage to the Company’s tractors, trailers and fleet vehicles for field personnel use; and (4) physical damages that may occur at the corporate store locations. We are not insured for certain property and casualty risks due to the frequency and severity of a loss, the cost of insurance and the overall risk analysis. The Company’s associated liability for this self-insurance was not significant as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. Prior to the Acquisition, GNCI was included as an insured under several of Numico’s global insurance policies.
     The Company carries product liability insurance with a retention of $1.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $10.0 million. The Company carries general liability insurance with retention of $100,000 per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $600,000. The majority of the Company’s workers’ compensation and auto insurance are in a deductible/retrospective plan. The Company reimburses the insurance company for the workers compensation and auto liability claims, subject to a $250,000 and $100,000 loss limit per claim, respectively.
     As part of the medical benefits program, the Company contracts with national service providers to provide benefits to its employees for all medical, dental, vision and prescription drug services. The Company then reimburses these service providers as claims are processed from Company employees. The Company maintains a specific stop loss provision of $250,000 per incident with a maximum limit up to $2.0 million per participant, per benefit year, respectively. The Company has no additional liability once a participant exceeds the $2.0 million ceiling. The Company’s liability for medical claims is included as a component of accrued benefits in the “Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities” footnote and was $3.0 million and $2.6 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
     Stock Compensation. In accordance with APB No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” the Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation using the intrinsic value method of accounting. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and 27 days ended December 31, 2003, stock compensation represents shares of the Company’s stock issued pursuant to the General Nutrition Centers Holding Company (presently known as GNC Corporation) 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan. The common stock associated with this plan is not registered or traded on any exchange. SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-based Compensation,” prescribes that companies utilize the fair value method of valuing stock-based compensation and recognize compensation expense accordingly. SFAS No. 123 did not require that the fair value method be adopted and reflected in the financial statements.

61


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Had compensation costs for stock options been determined using the fair market value method of SFAS No. 123, the effect on net income (loss) income for each of the periods presented would have been as follows:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    Year ended     27 Days Ended       Period Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,       December 4,  
    2005     2004     2003       2003  
            (in thousands)            
Net income (loss) as reported
  $ 18,396     $ 41,667     $ 354       $ (584,921 )
Add: total stock-based employee compensation costs determined using intrinsic value method, net of tax
    399                      
Less: total stock-based employee compensation costs determined using fair value method, net of tax
    (1,294 )     (873 )     (560 )       (215 )
 
                         
Adjusted net income (loss)
  $ 17,501     $ 40,794     $ (206 )     $ (585,136 )
 
                         
     Foreign Currency. For all foreign operations, the functional currency is the local currency. In accordance with SFAS No. 52, “Foreign Currency Translation”, assets and liabilities of those operations, denominated in foreign currencies, are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates, and income and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates for the reporting period. In accordance with SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income,” translation adjustments are recognized as a separate component of stockholders’ equity (deficit) in other comprehensive income. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the accumulated foreign currency gain amount was $1.2 million. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in results of operations.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements.
     In October 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Staff Position FAS 13-1, “Accounting for Rental Costs Incurred during a Construction Period,” which requires rental costs associated with ground or building operating leases that are incurred during a construction period to be recognized as rental expense. This Staff Position is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005, and retrospective application is permitted but not required. The adoption of this staff position is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations since the Company currently expense such costs.
     In September 2005, the EITF No. 05-6, “Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements Purchased after Lease Inception or Acquired in a Business Combination.” Effective for leasehold improvements (within the scope of this Issue) that are purchased or acquired in reporting periods beginning after June 29, 2005. Early application of the consensus was permitted in periods for which financial statements have not been issued. This Issue addresses the amortization period for leasehold improvements in operating leases that are either placed in service significantly after and not contemplated at or near the beginning of the initial lease term or acquired in a business combination. The Company had already adopted the practices effective for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the adoption did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
     In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Correction” a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3. This statement replaces APB Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes,” and FASB Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements, and changes the requirements for the accounting and reporting of a change in accounting principle. This statement requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of changes in accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to determine either the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. This statement defines retrospective application as the application of a different accounting principle to prior accounting periods as if that principle had always been used or as the adjustment of previously issued financial statements to reflect a change in the reporting entity. This statement also redefines restatement as the revising of previously issued financial statements to reflect the correction of an error. This statement is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company will adopt this standard beginning January 1, 2006.

62


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations” (“FIN 47”). FIN 47 provides guidance relating to the identification of and financial reporting for legal obligations to perform an asset retirement activity. The Interpretation requires recognition of a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 also defines when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. FIN 47 was required to be applied no later than the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005; with retrospective application for interim financial information being permitted but not required. The Company adopted FIN 47 for the year ended December 31, 2005. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
     In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment: an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 123 and 95.” SFAS No. 123(R) sets accounting requirements for “share-based” compensation to employees and disallows the use of the intrinsic value method of accounting for stock compensation. The Company will be required to account for such transactions using a fair-value method and to recognize compensation expense over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees. This statement is effective for the Company on the January 1, 2006 and the Company will use the modified prospective application method. The impact of this statement on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or results of operations has been historically disclosed on a pro-forma basis and will now be recognized as compensation expense on a prospective basis. Based on the equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2005, the Company expect compensation expense, net of tax of $1.0 million to $2.0 million in 2006.
     In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs,” an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) No. 43, to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). This Statement requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal”. In addition, this Statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. Companies are required to adopt the provisions of this Statement for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company will adopt this standard starting January 1, 2006 and does not anticipate that the adoption will have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
NOTE 3. RECEIVABLES
     Receivables at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  
Trade receivables
  $ 69,880     $ 69,884  
Other
    9,648       5,478  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (8,898 )     (7,214 )
 
           
 
  $ 70,630     $ 68,148  
 
           

63


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 4. INVENTORIES
     Inventories at each respective period consisted of the following:
                         
    December 31, 2005  
                    Net Carrying  
    Gross cost     Reserves     Value  
    (in thousands)  
Finished product ready for sale
  $ 257,525     $ (10,025 )   $ 247,500  
Unpackaged bulk product and raw materials
    48,513       (2,128 )     46,385  
Packaging supplies
    4,281             4,281  
 
                 
 
  $ 310,319     $ (12,153 )   $ 298,166  
 
                 
                         
    December 31, 2004  
                    Net Carrying  
    Gross cost     Reserves     Value  
    (in thousands)  
Finished product ready for sale
  $ 242,578     $ (11,542 )   $ 231,036  
Unpackaged bulk product and raw materials
    41,607       (3,019 )     38,588  
Packaging supplies
    2,630             2,630  
 
                 
 
  $ 286,815     $ (14,561 )   $ 272,254  
 
                 
NOTE 5. INCOME TAXES
     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
     Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:
                                                 
    December 31, 2005     December 31, 2004  
    (in thousands)  
    Assets     Liabilities     Net     Assets     Liabilities     Net  
Deferred tax:
                                               
Current assets (liabilities):
                                               
Operating reserves
  $ 6,303     $     $ 6,303     $ 2,958     $     $ 2,958  
Inventory capitalization
          (595 )     (595 )     1,237             1,237  
Deferred revenue
    10,394             10,394       11,001             11,001  
Prepaid expenses
          (8,060 )     (8,060 )           (7,390 )     (7,390 )
Accrued worker compensation
    3,481             3,481       2,906             2,906  
Stock compensation
    230             230                    
Other
    2,116       (8 )     2,108       3,781       (360 )     3,421  
 
                                   
Total current
  $ 22,524     $ (8,663 )   $ 13,861     $ 21,883     $ (7,750 )   $ 14,133  
Non-current assets (liabilities):
                                               
Intangibles
  $     $ (9,777 )   $ (9,777 )   $     $ (4,080 )   $ (4,080 )
Fixed assets
    9,370             9,370       8,411       (2,465 )     5,946  
Other
    3,766       (3,314 )     452       2,753       (3,526 )     (773 )
 
                                   
Total non-current
  $ 13,136     $ (13,091 )   $ 45     $ 11,164     $ (10,071 )   $ 1,093  
 
                                   
Total net deferred taxes
  $ 35,660     $ (21,754 )   $ 13,906     $ 33,047     $ (17,821 )   $ 15,226  
 
                                   
     As of December 31, 2005, the Company believes, based on current available evidence, that future income will be sufficient to utilize the entire net deferred tax assets. For the years ending December 31, 2005, and 2004, deferred tax assets relating to state tax net operating losses (NOLs) in the amount of $11.6 million and $7.2 million have been fully reserved. The Company believes that these NOLs, with lives ranging from five to twenty years, will not be utilizable prior to their expiration.

64


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Deferred income taxes were not provided on cumulative undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries. At December 31, 2005, unremitted earnings of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries were determined to be permanently reinvested.
     Income tax expense/ (benefit) for all periods consisted of the following components:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
                    27 Days Ended       Period ended  
    Year ended December 31,     December 31,       December 4,  
    2005     2004     2003       2003  
            (in thousands)            
Current:
                                 
Federal
  $ 6,873     $ 143     $ 420       $ 22,145  
State
    1,255       97       18         1,006  
Foreign
    1,281       108                
 
                         
 
    9,409       348       438         23,151  
 
                                 
Deferred:
                                 
Federal
    1,172       22,365       (202 )       (218,770 )
State
    149       1,852       (8 )       (12,904 )
Foreign
          (63 )              
 
                         
 
    1,321       24,154       (210 )       (231,674 )
Valuation allowance
                        34,045  
 
                         
Income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 10,730     $ 24,502     $ 228       $ (174,478 )
 
                         
     The following table summarizes the differences between the Company’s effective tax rate for financial reporting purposes and the federal statutory tax rate.
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
                    27 Days Ended       Period ended  
    Year ended December 31,     December 31,       December 4,  
    2005     2004     2003       2003  
Percent of pretax earnings:
                                 
Statutory federal tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %       35.0 %
Increase/(decrease):
                                 
Goodwill amortization, impairment
                        (9.6 %)
Other permanent differences
    (2.4 %)     (0.4 %)              
State income tax, net of federal tax benefit
    3.9 %     2.4 %     0.6 %       0.5 %
Other
    0.3 %           3.6 %       1.6 %
Valuation allowance
                        (4.5 %)
 
                         
Effective income tax rate
    36.8 %     37.0 %     39.2 %       23.0 %
 
                         
     The effective tax rate as of December 4, 2003 primarily resulted from a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets associated with interest expense on the related party pushdown debt from Numico. The Company believed that it was unlikely that future taxable income will be sufficient to realize the tax assets associated with the interest expense on the related party pushdown debt from Numico. Thus, a valuation allowance was recognized.
     According to the Purchase Agreement, Numico has agreed to indemnify the Company for any subsequent tax liabilities arising from periods prior to the Acquisition.

65


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 6. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
     Other current assets at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  
Current portion of franchise note receivables
  $ 3,727     $ 5,087  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
    (105 )     (634 )
Prepaid rent
    11,696       11,316  
Prepaid insurance
    6,538       6,404  
Other current assets
    8,970       14,209  
 
           
 
  $ 30,826     $ 36,382  
 
           
NOTE 7. GOODWILL, BRANDS, AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
     For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company completed its annual evaluation of the carrying value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of valuations performed, as of October 1, 2005 and 2004, the Company did not have an impairment charge for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles in accordance with SFAS No. 142 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. Management considered among other analysis the results from an independent appraisal firm.
     During 2003, increased competition from the mass market, negative publicity by the media on certain supplements, and increasing pressure from the Federal Trade Commission on the industry as a whole caused a decrease in expectations regarding growth and profitability. Accordingly, management initiated an evaluation of the carrying value of its goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Management considered among other analysis the results from an independent appraisal firm as of September 30, 2003, and as a result, GNCI recognized an impairment charge of $709.4 million (pre-tax) for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles in accordance with SFAS No. 142.
     For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company acquired 101 and 57 franchise stores, respectively. These acquisitions were accounted for utilizing the purchase method of accounting. The total purchase price associated with these acquisitions was $2.4 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, of which $0.7 million and $1.0 million was paid in cash.
     Goodwill associated with these acquisitions was $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. In accordance with EITF 04-01, “Accounting for Preexisting Relationships between the Parties to a Business Combination,” the Company recognized $1.8 million in acquired franchise rights during the year ended December 31, 2005 associated with these acquisitions. As a result of these acquisitions, the Company reclassified $3.8 million of goodwill and $10.7 million of brand intangibles from the franchise segment to the retail segment during the year ended December 31, 2005. The reclassification was determined based on the relative fair value of the acquired franchise stores.
     In connection with the Acquisition, fair values were assigned to various other intangible assets as of December 5, 2003. The Company’s brands were assigned a fair value representing the longevity of the Company name and general recognition of the product lines. The Gold Card program was assigned a fair value representing the underlying customer listing, for both the Retail and Franchise segments. The retail agreements were assigned a fair value reflecting the opportunity to expand the Company stores within a major drug store chain and on military facilities. A fair value was assigned to the operating agreements with the Company’s franchisees, both domestic and international, to operate stores for a contractual period. Fair values were assigned to the Company’s manufacturing and wholesale segments for production and continued sales to certain customers.

66


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     The following table summarizes the Company’s goodwill activity.
                                 
                    Manufacturing/        
    Retail     Franchising     Wholesale     Total  
            (in thousands)          
Goodwill balance at December 31, 2003
  $ 19,094     $ 63,548     $ 447     $ 83,089  
Adjustments:
                               
Contingent consideration
    2,087       812             2,899  
Purchase accounting adjustments
    (3,547 )     (3,855 )     (1 )     (7,403 )
 
                       
Goodwill balance at December 31, 2004
    17,634       60,505       446       78,585  
Additions: Acquired franchise stores
    1,524                   1,524  
Reclassification: Due to franchise store aquisitions
    3,812       (3,812 )              
 
                       
Goodwill balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 22,970     $ 56,693     $ 446     $ 80,109  
 
                       
     Intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following at each respective period.
                                                 
            Retail     Franchise     Operating     Franchise        
    Gold Card     Brand     Brand     Agreements     Rights     Total  
                    (in thousands)                  
Balance at December 31, 2003
  $ 2,485     $ 49,000     $ 163,000     $ 30,182     $     $ 244,667  
Amortization expense
    (1,072 )                 (2,943 )           (4,015 )
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2004
    1,413       49,000       163,000       27,239             240,652  
Additions: Acquired franchise stores
                            1,798       1,798  
Reclassification: Due to franchise store aquisitions
          10,659       (10,659 )                    
Amortization expense
    (899 )                 (2,943 )     (148 )     (3,990 )
 
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 514     $ 59,659     $ 152,341     $ 24,296     $ 1,650     $ 238,460  
 
                                   
     The following table represents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major intangible asset:
                                                         
    Estimated   December 31, 2005     December 31, 2004  
    Life           Accumulated     Carrying             Accumulated     Carrying  
    in years   Cost     Amortization     Amount     Cost     Amortization     Amount  
                            (in thousands)                  
Brands — retail
        $ 59,659     $     $ 59,659     $ 49,000     $     $ 49,000  
Brands — franchise
          152,341             152,341       163,000             163,000  
Gold card — retail
    3       2,230       (1,784 )     446       2,230       (1,004 )     1,226  
Gold card — franchise
    3       340       (272 )     68       340       (153 )     187  
Retail agreements
    5-10       8500       (2,447 )     6,053       8,500       (1,267 )     7,233  
Franchise agreements
    10-15       21,900       (3,657 )     18,243       21,900       (1,894 )     20,006  
Franchise rights
    5       1,798       (148 )     1,650                    
 
                                           
 
          $ 246,768     $ (8,308 )   $ 238,460     $ 244,970     $ (4,318 )   $ 240,652  
 
                                           

67


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     The following table represents future estimated amortization expense of intangible assets with finite lives:
         
    Estimated  
    amortization  
Years ending December 31,   expense  
    (in thousands)  
2006
  $ 3,817  
2007
    3,303  
2008
    3,254  
2009
    2,643  
2010
    2,495  
Thereafter
    10,948  
 
     
Total
  $ 26,460  
 
     
NOTE 8. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
     Property, plant and equipment at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  
Land, buildings and improvements
  $ 60,198     $ 60,057  
Machinery and equipment
    71,575       66,162  
Leasehold improvements
    47,314       42,263  
Furniture and fixtures
    54,514       50,643  
Software
    13,428       10,970  
Construction in progress
    1,967       6  
 
           
Total property, plant and equipment
  $ 248,996     $ 230,101  
Less: accumulated depreciation
    (69,514 )     (34,692 )
 
           
Net property, plant and equipment
  $ 179,482     $ 195,409  
 
           
     General Nutrition, Incorporated, a subsidiary of the Company, is a 50% limited partner in a partnership that owns and manages the building that houses the Company’s corporate headquarters. The Company occupies the majority of the available lease space of the building. The general partner is responsible for the operation and management of the property and reports the results of the partnership to the Company. The Company has consolidated the limited partnership, net of elimination adjustments, in the accompanying financial statements. No minority interest has been reflected in the accompanying financial statements as the partnership has sustained cumulative net losses from inception through December 31, 2005.
NOTE 9. OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS
     Other assets at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  
Long-term franchise notes receivables
  $ 9,028     $ 20,726  
Long-term deposit
    2,702       5,077  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (1,616 )     (4,410 )
 
           
 
  $ 10,114     $ 21,393  
 
           

68


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Annual maturities of the Company’s long term and current (see current portion in Note 6, “Other Current Assets”) franchise notes receivable at December 31, 2005 are as follows:
         
Years ending December 31,   Receivables  
    (in thousands)  
2006
  $ 3,727  
2007
    4,219  
2008
    3,069  
2009
    1,159  
2010
    248  
Thereafter
    333  
 
     
Total
  $ 12,755  
 
     
NOTE 10. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
     Accounts payable at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  
Trade payables
  $ 99,532     $ 102,413  
Cash overdrafts
    5,063       4,144  
 
           
Total
  $ 104,595     $ 106,557  
 
           
NOTE 11. ACCRUED PAYROLL AND RELATED LIABILITIES
     Accrued payroll and related liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  
Accrued payroll
  $ 15,274     $ 15,201  
Accrued taxes & benefits
    5,538       5,152  
 
           
Total
  $ 20,812     $ 20,353  
 
           
NOTE 12. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
     Other current liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  
Deferred revenue
  $ 28,555     $ 29,298  
Accrued occupancy
    4,127       4,443  
Accrued worker compensation
    9,725       7,854  
Accrued taxes
    7,724       6,977  
Other current liabilities
    14,695       12,753  
 
           
Total
  $ 64,826     $ 61,325  
 
           
     Deferred revenue consists primarily of Gold Card and gift card deferrals.

69


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 13. LONG-TERM DEBT / INTEREST
     Long-term debt at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  
Senior credit facility
  $ 96,168     $ 282,150  
8 5/8% Senior Notes
    150,000        
8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes
    215,000       215,000  
Mortgage
    12,167       13,190  
Capital leases
    26       35  
Less: current maturities
    (2,117 )     (3,901 )
 
           
Total
  $ 471,244     $ 506,474  
 
           
     At December 31, 2005, the Company’s total debt principal maturities are as follows:
                                         
                    8 1/2% Senior     Mortgage        
Years Ending   Senior     8 5/8% Senior     Subordinated     Loan/Capital        
December 31,   Credit Facility     Notes     Notes     Leases     Total  
                    (in thousands)                  
2006
  $ 981     $     $     $ 1,136     $ 2,117  
2007
    981                   1,195       2,176  
2008
    981                   1,281       2,262  
2009
    93,225                   1,373       94,598  
2010
                215,000       1,472       216,472  
Thereafter
          150,000             5,736       155,736  
 
                             
 
  $ 96,168     $ 150,000     $ 215,000     $ 12,193     $ 473,361  
 
                             
     Prior to 1999, GNCI moved its corporate offices into a new building and financed the move with its internal cashflow and a credit facility. Subsequent to the move, in May 1999, GNCI secured a mortgage through the 50%-owned partnership that owns and manages the building. The original principal amount was $17.9 million, which carries a fixed annual interest rate of 6.95%, with principal and interest payable monthly over a period of 15 years. In conjunction with the Acquisition, the Company assumed the outstanding balance of this mortgage as part of the purchase price. The outstanding balance as of December 31, 2005 was $12.2 million.
     The Company’s net interest expense for each respective period is as follows:
                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
                    27 Days Ended     Period Ended  
    Year ended December 31,     December 31,     December 4,  
    2005     2004     2003     2003  
            (in thousands)          
Senior credit facility
                          $    
Term Loan
  $ 6,646     $ 12,932     $ 1,111        
Revolver
    613       553              
8 5/8% Senior Notes
    12,327                    
8 1/2 % Senior Subordinated Notes
    18,275       18,224       1,371        
Deferred financing fees
    2,825       2,772       224        
Deferred fee writedown — early extinguishment
    3,890                    
Mortgage
    890       955       72       972  
Interest on related party term loan
                      121,542  
Interest income — other
    (2,388 )     (921 )     (5 )     (1,389 )
 
                       
Interest expense, net
  $ 43,078     $ 34,515     $ 2,773     $ 121,125  
 
                       

70


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Accrued interest at each respective period consisted of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  
Senior credit facility
  $ 389     $ 340  
8 5/8% Senior Notes
    5,965        
8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes
    1,523       1,523  
 
           
Total
  $ 7,877     $ 1,863  
 
           
     Senior Credit Facility. In connection with the Acquisition, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Centers, entered into a senior credit facility with a syndicate of lenders. The Company and its domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed Centers’ obligations under the senior credit facility. The senior credit facility at December 31, 2004 consisted of a $285.0 million term loan facility and a $75.0 million revolving credit facility. This facility was subsequently amended in December 2004. In January 2005, as a stipulation of the December 2004 amendment, Centers used the net proceeds of their Senior Notes offering of $145.6 million, together with $39.4 million of cash on hand, to repay a portion of the indebtedness under the prior $285.0 million term loan facility. At December 31, 2005, the amended credit facility consisted of a $96.2 million term loan facility and a $75.0 million revolving credit facility. See the “Senior Notes” section below.
     The senior credit facility is secured by first priority perfected security interests in primarily all of the Company’s assets and also the assets of the subsidiary guarantors, except that the capital stock of the first-tier foreign subsidiaries is secured only up to 65%. All borrowings under the senior credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either (a) the greater of the prime rate as quoted on the British Banking Association Telerate, and the federal funds effective rate plus one half percent per annum, plus in each case, additional margins of 2.0% per annum for both the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility, or (b) the Eurodollar rate plus additional margins of 3.0% per annum for both the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility. In addition to paying the above stated interest rates, Centers is also required to pay a commitment fee relating to the unused portion of the revolving credit facility at a rate of 0.5% per annum. The senior credit facility, as amended, matures on December 5, 2009 and permits Centers to prepay a portion or all of the outstanding balance without incurring penalties. The revolving credit facility matures on December 5, 2008. Interest on the term loan facility is payable quarterly in arrears and at December 31, 2005 and 2004, carried an average interest rate of 7.4% and 5.4%, respectively. The senior credit facility contains covenants including financial tests (including maximum total leverage, minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and maximum capital expenditures) and certain other limitations such as the Company’s and its subsidiaries ability to incur additional debt, guarantee other obligations, grant liens on assets, make investments, acquisitions or mergers, dispose of assets, make optional payments or modifications of other debt instruments, and pay dividends or other payments on capital stock. The senior credit facility also contains covenants requiring the Company to submit to each agent and lender certain audited financial reports within 90 days of each fiscal year end and certain unaudited statements within 45 days after the end of each quarter. The Company is also required to submit to the Administrative Agent monthly management sales and revenue reports.
     The Company issues letters of credit as a guarantee of payment to third-party vendors in accordance with specified terms and conditions. It also issues letters of credit for various insurance contracts. The revolving credit facility allows for $50.0 million of the $75.0 million revolving credit facility to be used as collateral for outstanding letters of credit. The Company pays interest based on the aggregate available amount of the credit facility at a per annum rate equal to the applicable margin in effect with respect to the Eurodollar loan rate. As of December 31, 2005, this rate was 0.5%. The Company also pays an additional interest rate of 1/4 of 1% per annum on all outstanding letters of credit issued. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, $8.6 million and $8.0 million, respectively, of the revolving credit facility was utilized to secure letters of credit.
     Senior Notes. In January 2005, Centers issued $150.0 million of its Senior Notes. The Senior Notes mature on January 15, 2011, and bear interest at the rate of 8 5/8% per annum, which is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning with the first payment due on July 15, 2005. Centers used the net proceeds of this offering of $145.6 million, together with $39.4 million of cash on hand, to repay a portion of the indebtedness under the prior $285.0 million term loan facility. Prior to January 15, 2008, under certain circumstances, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a redemption price of 108.625% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Under certain circumstances, the Company may also redeem all or part of the Senior Notes on or after January 15, 2008 according to the following redemption table, which includes the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest:

71


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
Period   Redemption Price
2008
    104.313 %
2009
    102.156 %
2010 and after
    100.000 %
     The Senior Notes are general unsecured obligations and are guaranteed on a senior basis by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and rank secondary to the Center’s senior credit facility. The Senior Notes contain covenants including certain limitations and restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness beyond certain levels, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments, acquisitions or mergers, and declare or pay dividends. The Senior Notes also contain covenants requiring the Company to submit to the Trustee or holders of the notes certain financial reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC. Also, the Company is required to submit to the Trustee certain Compliance Certificates within 120 days of the fiscal year end.
     Senior Subordinated Notes. In conjunction with the Acquisition, Centers issued $215.0 million of its Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Subordinated Notes mature on December 1, 2010, and bear interest at the rate of 8 1/2% per annum, which is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning with the first payment due on June 1, 2004. Prior to December 1, 2006, under certain circumstances, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price of 108.50% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Under certain circumstances, the Company may also redeem all or part of the Senior Subordinated Notes on or after December 1, 2007 according to the following redemption table, which includes the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest:
         
Period   Redemption Price
2007
    104.250 %
2008
    102.125 %
2009 and after
    100.000 %
     The Senior Subordinated Notes are general unsecured obligations and are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and rank secondary to the Center’s senior credit facility and Senior Notes. The Senior Subordinated Notes contain covenants including certain limitations and restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness beyond certain levels, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments, acquisitions or mergers and declare or pay dividends. The Senior Subordinated Notes also contain covenants requiring the Company to submit to the Trustee or holders of the notes certain financial reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC. Also, the Company is required to submit to the Trustee certain Compliance Certificates within 120 days of the fiscal year end.
Predecessor Debt:
     In connection with GNCI’s acquisition by Numico in August 1999, GNCI’s immediate parent, Nutricia, formerly Numico U.S. L.P. (the “borrower”) entered into a Loan Agreement with an affiliated financing company of Numico, Nutricia International B.V. (the “lender”). The loan agreement provided that the lender make available to the borrower a term loan in a principal amount totaling $1.9 billion. The loan term was 10 years and was scheduled to mature on August 10, 2009. Interest accrued at a rate of 7.5% per annum, with interest payable semi-annually and principal payable annually in arrears. This loan was settled in full upon the Acquisition.
     GNCI was not a party to the Loan Agreement and had no assets collateralized by the agreement. GNCI was, however, a guarantor of the loan between Nutricia and the lender. GNCI had historically made both principal and interest payments indirectly to Numico through payments to Nutricia. Nutricia is a holding company with no operational sources of cash. Accordingly, the debt was pushed down to GNCI and was reflected as if GNCI had directly entered into the external loan agreement since inception.
     The Loan Agreement contained both affirmative and negative covenants related to Nutricia as the borrower requiring, among other items, minimum net worth and maximum leverage ratio. Nutricia had not been in compliance with these covenants. Additionally, Nutricia had failed to make a portion of the principal payments as scheduled, thus creating an event of default under the terms of the agreement. The lender had provided waivers for all events of default, had not required any acceleration of payment obligations and had waived all covenant requirements for the remaining term of the loan agreement. Additionally, GNCI’s ultimate parent, Numico, had provided a letter of support indicating its intention to fund GNCI’s operating cash flow needs, if required. In January 2003, GNCI remitted the $75.0 million principal payment that was due December 31, 2002 on behalf of Nutricia. Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, GNCI’s guarantee of the loan between Nutricia and the lender was terminated upon consummation of the Acquisition. Accordingly, this debt was not assumed as part of the Acquisition.

72


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 14. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
     At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company’s financial instruments consisted of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, franchise notes receivable, accounts payable, certain accrued liabilities and long-term debt. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates their fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. Based on the interest rates currently available and their underlying risk, the carrying value of the franchise notes receivable approximates their fair value. These fair values are reflected net of reserves, which are recognized according to Company policy. The carrying amount of senior credit facility and mortgage is considered to approximate fair value since they carry an interest rate that is currently available to the Company for issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities. The Company determined the estimated fair values by using currently available market information and estimates and assumptions where appropriate. Accordingly, as considerable judgment is required to determine these estimates, changes in the assumptions or methodologies may have an effect on these estimates. The actual and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:
                                 
    December 31, 2005     December 31, 2004  
    Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair  
    Amount     Value     Amount     Value  
            (in thousands)          
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 86,013     $ 86,013     $ 85,161     $ 85,161  
Receivables
    70,630       70,630       68,148       68,148  
Long term franchise notes receivable current portion
    3,622       3,622       4,453       4,453  
Long term franchise notes receivable
    7,412       7,412       16,316       16,316  
Accounts payable
    104,595       104,595       106,557       106,557  
Long term debt
    473,361       433,611       510,375       497,475  
NOTE 15. LONG-TERM LEASE OBLIGATIONS
     The Company enters into operating leases covering its retail store locations. The Company is the primary lessor of the majority of all leased retail store locations and sublets the locations to individual franchisees. The leases generally provide for an initial term of between five and ten years, and may include renewal options for varying terms thereafter. The leases require minimum monthly rental payments and a pro rata share of landlord allocated common operating expenses. Most retail leases also require additional rentals based on a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels (“Percent Rent”). According to the individual lease specifications, real estate taxes, insurance and other related costs may be included in the rental payment or charged in addition to rent. Other lease expenses relate to and include distribution facilities, transportation equipment, data processing equipment and automobiles.
     As the Company is the primary lessee for the majority of the franchise store locations, it is ultimately liable for the lease payments to the landlord. The Company makes the payments to the landlord directly, and then bills the franchisee for reimbursement of this cost. If a franchisee defaults on its sub-lease and its sub-lease is terminated, the Company has in the past converted, and expects in the future to, convert any such franchise store into a corporate store and fulfill the remaining lease obligation.

73


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     The composition of the Company’s rental expense for all periods presented included the following components:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
                    27 Days Ended       Period Ended  
    Year Ended December 31,     December 31,       December 4,  
    2005     2004     2003       2003  
  (in thousands)          
Retail stores:
                           
Rent on long-term operating leases, net of sublease income
  $ 96,952     $ 94,998     $ 7,104       $ 89,672  
Landlord related taxes
    13,678       12,951       1,065         13,927  
Common operating expenses
    26,619       27,097       1,920         27,443  
Percent rent
    9,571       8,943       507         7,751  
 
                         
 
    146,820       143,989       10,596         138,793  
Truck fleet
    4,413       4,943       366         5,451  
Other
    10,131       10,107       595         10,602  
 
                         
 
  $ 161,364     $ 159,039     $ 11,557       $ 154,846  
 
                         
     Minimum future obligations for non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of at least one year in effect at December 31, 2005 are as follows:
                                         
    Company     Franchise                      
    Retail     Retail             Sublease        
    Stores     Stores     Other     Income     Total  
    (in thousands)
2006
  $ 91,358     $ 36,599     $ 6,790     $ (36,599 )   $ 98,148  
2007
    71,423       27,919       5,482       (27,919 )     76,905  
2008
    53,327       19,463       3,846       (19,463 )     57,173  
2009
    36,453       10,131       2,669       (10,131 )     39,122  
2010
    23,127       4,083       2,570       (4,083 )     25,697  
Thereafter
    37,318       3,331       5,358       (3,331 )     42,676  
 
                             
 
  $ 313,006     $ 101,526     $ 26,715     $ (101,526 )   $ 339,721  
 
                             
NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Litigation
     The Company is engaged in various legal actions, claims and proceedings arising out of the normal course of business, including claims related to breach of contracts, product liabilities, intellectual property matters and employment-related matters resulting from the Company’s business activities. As is inherent with most actions such as these, an estimation of any possible and/or ultimate liability cannot always be determined. The Company continues to assess its requirement to account for additional contingencies in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” The Company is currently of the opinion that the amount of any potential liability resulting from these actions, when taking into consideration the Company’s general and product liability coverage, and the indemnification provided by Numico under the Purchase Agreement, will not have a material adverse impact on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity. However, if the Company is required to make a payment in connection with an adverse outcome in these matters, it could have a material impact on its financial condition and operating results.
     As a manufacturer and retailer of nutritional supplements and other consumer products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, the Company has been and is currently subjected to various product liability claims. Although the effects of these claims to date have not been material to us, it is possible that current and future product liability claims could have a material adverse impact on its financial condition and operating results. The Company currently maintains product liability insurance with a deductible/retention of $1.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained loss of $10.0 million. The Company typically seeks and has obtained contractual indemnification from most parties that supply raw materials for its products or that manufacture or market products it sells. The Company also typically seeks to be added, and has been added, as additional insured under most of such parties’ insurance policies. The Company is also entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from

74


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
claims related to products containing ephedra or Kava Kava sold prior to December 5, 2003. However, any such indemnification or insurance is limited by its terms and any such indemnification, as a practical matter, is limited to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by the insurers. The Company may incur material products liability claims, which could increase its costs and adversely affect its reputation, revenues and operating income.
     Ephedra (Ephedrine Alkaloids). As of December 31, 2005, the Company has been named as a defendant in 227 pending cases involving the sale of third-party products that contain ephedra. Of those cases, one involves a proprietary GNC product. Ephedra products have been the subject of adverse publicity and regulatory scrutiny in the United States and other countries relating to alleged harmful effects, including the deaths of several individuals. In early 2003, the Company instructed all of its locations to stop selling products containing ephedra that were manufactured by GNC or one of its affiliates. Subsequently, the Company instructed all of its locations to stop selling any products containing ephedra by June 30, 2003. In April 2004, the FDA banned the sale of products containing ephedra. All claims to date have been tendered to the third-party manufacturer or to the Company insurer and the Company has incurred no expense to date with respect to litigation involving ephedra products. Furthermore, the Company is entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra sold prior to December 5, 2003. All of the pending cases relate to products sold prior to such time and, accordingly, the Company is entitled to indemnification from Numico for all of the pending cases.
     Pro-Hormone/Androstenedione. On July 29, 2001, five substantially identical class action lawsuits were filed in the state courts of the States of Florida, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania and Illinois against us and various manufacturers of products containing pro-hormones, including androstenedione:
   
Brown v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Case No. 02-14221-AB, Florida Circuit Court for the 15th Judicial Circuit Court, Palm Beach County;
 
   
Rodriguez v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Index No. 02/126277, New York Supreme Court, County of New York, Commercial Division;
 
    Abrams v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Docket No. L-3789-02, New Jersey Superior Court, Mercer County;
 
    Toth v. Bodyonics, Ltd., Case No. 003886, Pennsylvania Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County; and
 
    Pio v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Case No. 2-CH-14122, Illinois Circuit Court, Cook County.
     On March 20, 2004, a similar lawsuit was filed in Contra Costa County, California (Guzman v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc., Case No. 04-00283). Plaintiffs allege that the Company has distributed or published periodicals that contain advertisements claiming that the various pro-hormone products promote muscle growth. The complaints allege that the Company knew the advertisements and label claims promoting muscle growth were false, but nonetheless continued to sell the products to consumers. Plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, disgorgement of profits, attorney’s fees and the costs of suit. All of the products involved in the cases are third-party products. The Company has tendered these cases to the various manufacturers for defense and indemnification. Based upon the information available to us at the present time, the Company believes that these matters will not have a material adverse effect upon its liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.
     Class Action Settlement. Five class action lawsuits were filed against the Company in the state courts of Alabama, California, Illinois and Texas with respect to claims that the labeling, packaging and advertising with respect to a third-party product sold by the Company were misleading and deceptive. The Company denies any wrongdoing and is pursuing indemnification claims against the manufacturer. As a result of mediation, the parties have agreed to a settlement of the lawsuits, which has been preliminarily approved by the court. Notice to the class will be published in mass advertising media publications. Each person who purchased the third-party product and who is part of the class will receive a cash reimbursement equal to the retail price paid, net of sales tax, upon presentation to the Company of a cash register receipt as proof of purchase. If a person purchased the product, but does not have a cash register receipt, such a person may submit a signed affidavit and will then be entitled to receive one or more coupons. The number of coupons will be based on the total amount of purchases of the product subject to a maximum of five coupons per purchaser. Each coupon will have a cash value of $10.00 valid toward any purchase of $25.00 or more at a GNC store. The coupons will not be redeemable by any GNC Gold Card member during Gold Card Week and will not be redeemable for products subject to any other price discount. The coupons are to be redeemed at point of sale and are not mail-in rebates. They will be redeemable for a 90-day period after the settlement is final. The Company will issue a maximum of 5 million certificates with a combined face value of $50.0 million. In addition to the cash reimbursements and coupons, as part of the settlement GNC will be required to pay legal fees of approximately $1.0 million and will incur $0.7 million in 2006 for advertising and postage costs related to the notification letters, as a result $1.7 million was accrued as legal costs at December 31, 2005.

75


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Franklin Publications. On October 26, 2005, General Nutrition Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company was sued in the Common Pleas Court of Franklin County, Ohio by Franklin Publications, Inc. (“Franklin”). The lawsuit is based upon the GNC subsidiary’s termination, effective as of December 31, 2005, of two contracts for the publication of two monthly magazines mailed to certain GNC customers. Franklin is seeking a declaratory judgment as to its rights and obligations under the contracts and monetary damages for the GNC subsidiary’s alleged breach of the contracts. Franklin also alleges that the GNC subsidiary has interfered with Franklin’s business relationships with the advertisers in the publications, who are primarily GNC vendors, and has been unjustly enriched. Franklin does not specify the amount of damages sought, only that they are in excess of $25,000. The Company disputes the claims and intends to vigorously defend the lawsuit. The Company believes that the lawsuit will not have a material adverse effect on its liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.
     Visa/MasterCard antitrust litigation. The terms of a significant portion of the Visa/MasterCard antitrust litigation settlement were finalized during 2005. Accordingly, we have recognized a $1.2 million gain in December 2005 for our expected portion of the proceeds and we expect to collect this in 2006.
Commitments
     The Company maintains certain purchase commitments with various vendors to ensure its operational needs are fulfilled of approximately $16.1 million. The future purchase commitments consisted of $3.5 million of advertising and inventory commitments, and $12.6 million management services agreement and bank fees. Other commitments related to the Company’s business operations cover varying periods of time and are not significant. All of these commitments are expected to be fulfilled with no adverse consequences to the Company’s operations or financial condition.
Contingencies
     Due to the nature of the Company’s business operations having a presence in multiple taxing jurisdictions, the Company periodically receives inquiries and/or audits from various state and local taxing authorities. Any probable and reasonably estimatable liabilities that may arise from these inquiries have been accrued and reflected in the accompanying financial statements. In conjunction with the Acquisition by Apollo Funds V, certain other contingencies will be indemnified by Numico. These indemnifications include certain legal costs associated with certain identified cases as well as any tax costs, including audit settlements, that would be for liabilities incurred prior to December 5, 2003.
     Pennsylvania Claim. The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has conducted an unclaimed property audit of General Nutrition, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company for the period January 1, 1992 to December 31, 1997 generally and January 1, 1992 to December 31, 1999 for payroll and wages. As a result of the audit, the Pennsylvania Treasury Department has made an assessment of an alleged unclaimed property liability of the subsidiary in the amount of $4.1 million. The subsidiary regularly records normal course liabilities for actual unclaimed properties and the does not agree with the assessment and intends to file a timely appeal and vigorously defend against the assessment.
NOTE 17. PREFERRED STOCK
     The Company has outstanding 100,000 shares of 12% Series A Exchangeable Preferred Stock, (“Series A Preferred Stock”), par value $0.01. The Series A Preferred Stock ranks, with respect to dividend distributions, senior to any other class of Common Stock or preferred stock created after the Series A Preferred Stock. Dividends are payable quarterly in arrears on March 1, June 1, September 1, and December 1 of each year. The Company may, at its option, exchange the Series A Preferred Stock into exchange notes. On December 1, 2011, each holder of the Series A Preferred Stock will have the right to require us to redeem all or a portion of the Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of 100% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus any unpaid accumulated dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock carries a liquidation preference of $136.3 million and $123.8 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have no voting rights with respect to general corporate matters. The Series A Preferred Stock contains covenants requiring the Company to submit to the holders certain financial reports that are required to be filed with the SEC, such as Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K.

76


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Following is a summary of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock activity for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
                                 
            Accrued     Issuance     Net  
    Face Value     Dividends     Costs     Balance  
            (in thousands)          
Balance at December 31, 2003
  $ 100,000     $ 888     $ (438 )   $ 100,450  
Issuance costs
                (459 )     (459 )
Dividend accrual
          12,642             12,642  
Amortization of issuance costs
                101       101  
 
                       
Balance at December 31, 2004
  $ 100,000     $ 13,530     $ (796 )   $ 112,734  
Dividend accrual
          14,248             14,248  
Amortization of issuance costs
                133       133  
 
                       
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 100,000     $ 27,778     $ (663 )   $ 127,115  
 
                       
     As of December 31, 2005 none of the Series A Preferred Stock has been redeemed. Under certain circumstances, the Company may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at its option according to the following liquidation preference redemption table:
         
    Liquidation
    preference
Period beginning December 1,   schedule:
2005
    108.571 %
2006
    106.857 %
2007
    105.143 %
2008
    103.429 %
2009
    101.714 %
2010 and thereafter
    100.000 %
NOTE 18. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
     At December 31, 2005 there were 29,538,413 of $.01 par value Common Stock shares outstanding. GNC Investors, LLC is the Principal Stockholder of GNC Corporation, and beneficially owns 97.3% of all outstanding stock at December 31, 2005. Officers, directors and management of the Company own the remaining stock outstanding.
     At December 31, 2004, the Company held 100,000 shares of our Common Stock in treasury. The Company incurred $0.4 million in December 2004 to repurchase these shares from a former executive. The prior executive’s shares were repurchased at the time his separation agreement was executed. These shares were retired during 2005 and no additional shares were held in treasury at December 31, 2005. The Company currently does not have a stock repurchase program.
NOTE 19. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
Stock Options
     On December 5, 2003 the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) approved and adopted the GNC Corporation (f/k/a General Nutrition Centers Holding Company) 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified personnel who will contribute to the success of the Company. The Plan provides for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock and performance shares. The Plan is available to certain eligible employees, directors, consultants or advisors as determined by the administering committee of the Board. The total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for the Plan is 4.0 million shares. Stock options under the Plan generally are granted at not less than fair market value, vest over a four-year vesting schedule and expire after seven years from date of grant. As of December 31, 2005 the Company had 2.8 million outstanding stock options. No stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock or performance shares were granted under the Plan as of December 31, 2005.

77


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     The following table outlines the total stock options activity:
                         
            Weighted        
            Average        
    Total Options     Exercise Price     Vested  
Granted effective December 5, 2003
    2,604,974     $ 6.00          
 
                     
Outstanding at December 31, 2003
    2,604,974       6.00       325,000  
Granted
    362,020       6.00          
Forfeited
    (531,601 )     6.00          
 
                     
Outstanding at December 31, 2004
    2,435,393       6.00       914,298  
Granted
    1,275,506       6.00          
Forfeited
    (953,749 )     6.00          
 
                     
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    2,757,150     $ 6.00       1,346,677  
 
                     
     As of December 31, 2005, the weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options was 5.6 years and the weighted average remaining contractual life of exercisable options was 5.2 years. The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2005, 2004 and the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 was $4.48, $1.23 and $2.40, respectively.
     Fair value information for the Plan was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the following assumptions for the options granted:
                         
                    27 Days Ended
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004   2003
Dividend yield
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
Expected option life
  5 years   5 years   5 years
Volatility factor percentage of market price
    24.00 %     40.00 %     40.00 %
Discount rate
    4.35 %     3.63 %     3.27 %
     Because the Black-Scholes option valuation model utilizes certain estimates and assumptions, the existing models do not necessarily represent the definitive fair value of options for future periods.
NOTE 20. SEGMENTS
     The following operating segments represent identifiable components of the Company for which separate financial information is available. This information is utilized by management to assess performance and allocate assets accordingly. The Company’s management evaluates segment operating results based on several indicators. The primary key performance indicators are sales and operating income or loss for each segment. Operating income or loss, as evaluated by management, excludes certain items that are managed at the consolidated level, such as distribution and warehousing, impairments and other corporate costs. The following table represents key financial information for each of the Company’s business segments, identifiable by the distinct operations and management of each: Retail, Franchising, and Manufacturing/Wholesale. The Retail segment includes the Company’s corporate store operations in the United States and Canada. The Franchise segment represents the Company’s franchise operations, both domestically and internationally. The Manufacturing/Wholesale segment represents the Company’s manufacturing operations in South Carolina and Australia and the Wholesale sales business. This segment supplies the Retail and Franchise segments, along with various third parties, with finished products for sale. The Warehousing and Distribution, Corporate Costs, and Other Unallocated Costs represent the Company’s administrative expenses. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”.

78


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      The following table represents key financial information of the Company’s business segments:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
                    27 Days ended       Period ended  
    Year ended December 31,     December 31,       December 4,  
    2005     2004     2003       2003  
            (in thousands)            
Revenue:
                                 
Retail
  $ 989,493     $ 1,001,836     $ 66,177       $ 993,283  
Franchise
    212,750       226,506       14,186         241,301  
Manufacturing/Wholesale:
                                 
Intersegment (1)
    163,847       150,254       9,907         151,137  
Third Party
    115,465       116,400       8,925         105,625  
 
                         
Sub total Manufacturing/Wholesale
    279,312       266,654       18,832         256,762  
Sub total segment revenues
    1,481,555       1,494,996       99,195         1,491,346  
Intersegment elimination (1)
    (163,847 )     (150,254 )     (9,907 )       (151,137 )
 
                         
Total revenue
    1,317,708       1,344,742       89,288         1,340,209  
Operating income (loss):
                                 
Retail
    77,191       107,696       6,546         79,105  
Franchise
    51,976       62,432       2,427         63,660  
Manufacturing/Wholesale
    45,960       38,640       1,426         24,270  
Unallocated corporate and other (costs) income:
                                 
Warehousing and distribution costs
    (49,986 )     (49,322 )     (3,393 )       (40,654 )
Corporate costs
    (55,437 )     (57,462 )     (3,651 )       (62,478 )
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
                        (709,367 )
Legal settlement income
                        7,190  
Other income (expense)
    2,500       (1,300 )              
 
                         
Sub total unallocated corporate and other (costs) income
    (102,923 )     (108,084 )     (7,044 )       (805,309 )
 
                         
Total operating income (loss)
    72,204       100,684       3,355         (638,274 )
Interest expense, net
    43,078       34,515       2,773         121,125  
 
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    29,126       66,169       582         (759,399 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    10,730       24,502       228         (174,478 )
 
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 18,396     $ 41,667     $ 354       $ (584,921 )
 
                         
 
(1)   Intersegment revenues are eliminated from consolidated revenue.

79


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
                    27 Days ended       Period ended  
    Year ended December 31,     December 31,       December 4,  
    2005     2004     2003       2003  
            (in thousands)            
Depreciation and amortization:
                                 
Retail
  $ 24,313     $ 19,348     $ 1,444       $ 41,475  
Franchise
    1,889       1,922       163         3,199  
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    8,414       8,877       469         12,718  
Corporate / Other
    6,420       8,647       177         1,659  
 
                         
Total depreciation and amortization
  $ 41,036     $ 38,794     $ 2,253       $ 59,051  
 
                         
Capital expenditures:
                                 
Retail
  $ 11,657     $ 18,267     $ 455       $ 20,780  
Franchise
                         
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    6,033       6,939       1,075         4,746  
Corporate / Other
    3,135       3,123       297         5,494  
 
                         
Total capital expenditures
  $ 20,825     $ 28,329     $ 1,827         1,020  
 
                         
Total assets
                                 
Retail
  $ 441,364     $ 418,136     $ 424,645       $ 400,594  
Franchise
    290,092       314,836       362,748         316,497  
Manufacturing / Wholesale
    148,445       143,151       137,105         193,199  
Corporate / Other
    143,930       155,217       100,396         127,799  
 
                         
Total assets
  $ 1,023,831     $ 1,031,340     $ 1,024,894       $ 1,038,089  
 
                         
Geographic areas
                                 
Total revenues:
                                 
United States
  $ 1,255,468     $ 1,283,041     $ 84,605       $ 1,290,732  
Foreign
    62,240       61,701       4,683         49,477  
 
                         
Total revenues
  $ 1,317,708     $ 1,344,742     $ 89,288       $ 1,340,209  
 
                         
Long-lived assets:
                                 
United States
  $ 503,452     $ 529,756     $ 556,496       $ 498,862  
Foreign
    4,713       6,284       6,700         7,362  
 
                         
Total long-lived assets
  $ 508,165     $ 536,040     $ 563,196       $ 506,224  
 
                         
     The following table represents sales by general product category (previously this table contained a fifth category that is now collapsed and redistributed into the remaining four categories and the prior years have been adjusted to be comparable with the current year’s presentation):
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
                    27 Days ended       Period ended  
    Year ended December 31,     December 31,       December 4,  
U.S. Retail Product Categories:   2005     2004     2003       2003  
            (in thousands)
         
VMHS
  $ 377,699     $ 362,592     $ 16,200       $ 348,309  
Sports Nutrition Products
    330,308       293,156       15,500         284,687  
Diet and Weight Management Products
    135,219       193,068       12,000         253,593  
Other Wellness Products
    90,800       98,619       18,277         61,694  
 
                         
Total U.S. Retail revenues
    934,026       947,435       61,977         948,283  
Canada retail revenues (1)
    55,467       54,401       4,200         45,000  
 
                         
Total Retail revenue
  $ 989,493     $ 1,001,836     $ 66,177       $ 993,283  
 
                         
 
(1)   Product sales for Canada are managed in local currency, therefore total results are reflected in this table.
     In addition to the Retail product categories discussed above, Franchise revenues are primarily generated from (1) product sales to franchisees, (2) royalties from franchise retail sales and (3) franchise fees, and Manufacturing/ Wholesale sales are generated from sales of manufactured products to third parties, primarily in the VMHS product category.

80


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 21. FRANCHISE REVENUE
     The Company’s Franchise segment generates revenues through product sales to franchisees, royalties, franchise fees and interest income on the financing of the franchise locations. The Company enters into franchise agreements with initial terms of ten years. The Company charges franchisees three types of flat franchise fees associated with stores: initial, transfer and renewal. The initial franchise fee is payable prior to the franchise store opening as consideration for the initial franchise rights and services performed by the Company. Transfer fees are paid as consideration for the same rights and services as the initial fee and occur when a former franchisee transfers ownership of the franchise location to a new franchisee. This is typically a reduced fee compared to the initial franchise fee. The renewal franchise fee is charged to existing franchisees upon renewal of the franchise contract. This fee is similar to, but typically less than the initial fee.
     Once the franchised store is opened, transferred or renewed, the Company has no further obligations under these fees to the franchisee. Therefore, all initial, transfer and renewal franchise fee revenue is recognized in the period in which a franchise store is opened, transferred or date the contract period is renewed. The Company recognized initial franchise fees of $1.3 million, $1.6 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the 27 days ended December 31, 2003, respectively, and GNCI recognized $3.0 million for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003.
The following is a summary of our franchise revenue by type:
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
                    27 Days Ended       Period Ended  
    Year ended December 31     December 31,       December 4,  
    2005     2004     2003       2003  
            (in thousands)            
Product sales
  $ 173,427     $ 184,485     $ 11,705       $ 193,984  
Royalties
    31,380       32,452       1,870         31,038  
Franchise fees
    3,565       3,514       385         4,300  
Other
    4,378       6,055       226         11,979  
 
                         
Total franchise revenue
  $ 212,750     $ 226,506     $ 14,186       $ 241,301  
 
                         
NOTE 22. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
     The Company remitted cash payments for federal and state income taxes of $2.8 million and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. GNCI remitted cash payments for federal and state income taxes of $2.5 million for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003. These payments were made to Nutricia in accordance with the informal tax sharing agreement between GNCI and Nutricia. See Income Taxes in the “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” section. The Company remitted no tax payments for the 27 days ended December 31, 2003.
     The Company remitted cash payments for interest expense related to the senior credit facility, Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes of $32.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The Company remitted cash payments for interest expense related to the Senior Subordinated Notes and senior credit facility of $32.7 million and $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the 27 days ended December 31, 2003, respectively. GNCI remitted cash payments to Numico for interest expense of $122.5 million, primarily related to the push down debt from Numico, for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003.
NOTE 23. RETIREMENT PLANS
     The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution savings plan covering substantially all employees. Full time employees who have completed 30 days of service and part time employees who have completed 1,000 hours of service are eligible to participate in the plan. The plan provides for employee contributions of 1% to 20% of individual compensation into deferred savings, subject to IRS limitations. The plan provides for Company contributions upon the employee meeting the eligibility requirements. The contribution match was temporarily suspended as of June 30, 2003, and was reinstated in January 2004. Effective April 1, 2005, the Company match consists of both a fixed and a discretionary match. The fixed match is 50% on the first 3% of the salary that an employee defers and the discretionary match could be up to an additional 100% match on the 3% deferral. The discretionary match is based on the following

81


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
goals: (1) if the Company achieves 104% of its EBITDA goal, each participating employee will receive an additional 50% match on their 3% deferral; (2) if the Company achieves 108% of its EBITDA goal, the match will be increased by another 25% on their 3% deferral; and (3) if the Company achieves 112% of its EBITDA, the match will be increased by another 25% on their 3% deferral. The 401(k) match arrangement allows an employee to receive up to a maximum of 150% in Company matching funds.
     An employee becomes vested in the Company match portion as follows:
         
    Percent
Years of Service   Vested
0-1
    0 %
1-2
    33 %
2-3
    66 %
3+
    100 %
     The Company made cash contributions of $1.4 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Since the match was suspended, the Company made no cash contributions to the plan for the 27 days ended December 31, 2003. GNCI made cash contributions $1.1 million for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003.
     The Company has a Non-qualified Executive Retirement Arrangement Plan that covers key employees. Under the provisions of this plan, certain eligible key employees are granted cash compensation, which in the aggregate was not significant for any year presented.
     The Company has a Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan that provides benefits payable to certain qualified key employees upon their retirement or their designated beneficiaries upon death. This plan allows participants the opportunity to defer pretax amounts ranging from 2% to 100% of their base compensation plus bonuses. The plan is funded entirely by elective contributions made by the participants. The Company has elected to finance any potential plan benefit obligations using corporate owned life insurance policies. As of December 31, 2005, plan assets exceed liabilities.
NOTE 24. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Successor:
     During the normal course of operations, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the 27 days ended December 31, 2003, Centers entered into transactions with entities that were under common ownership and control of the Company and Apollo Management V. In accordance with SFAS No. 57, “Related Party Disclosures”, the nature of these material transactions is described in the following footnotes.
     Management Service Fees. As of December 5, 2003 the Company and Centers entered into a management services agreement with Apollo Management V. The agreement provides that Apollo Management V furnish certain investment banking, management, consulting, financial planning, and financial advisory services on an ongoing basis and for any significant financial transactions that may be undertaken in the future. The length of the agreement is ten years. There is an annual general services fee of $1.5 million which is payable in monthly installments. There are also major transaction services fees for services that Apollo Management V may provide which would be based on normal and customary fees of like kind. The Purchase Agreement also contained a structuring and transaction services fee related to the Acquisition. This fee amounted to $7.5 million and was accrued for at December 31, 2003 and subsequently paid in January 2004. In addition, the Company reimburses expenses that are incurred and paid by Apollo Management V on behalf of the Company.
     Cost of Sales. On February 4, 2004, the Company, through its manufacturing subsidiary, entered into an agreement with Nalco, an Apollo Management V owned company, for water treatment programs at its South Carolina manufacturing facility. The agreement allows for water treatment to occur at the facility for a one year period, at a total cost of fifteen thousand dollars, to be billed in equal monthly installments that began January, 2005 and ended December 2005. We renewed this contract with Nalco though December 2006 for twenty-four thousand nine hundred dollars.

82


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Predecessor:
     During the normal course of operations, for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003, GNCI entered into transactions with entities that were under common ownership and control of Numico. In accordance with SFAS No. 57, “Related Party Disclosures”, the nature of these material transactions is described below. During 2003, Rexall and Unicity ceased to be related parties as their operations were sold by Numico. Transactions recorded with these companies prior to their sale dates are included in related party transactions.
     Sales. GNCI recognized net sales of $18.7 million to Numico affiliated companies for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003. These amounts were included in the Manufacturing/Wholesale segment of the business.
     Cost of Sales. Included in cost of sales were purchases from Numico affiliated companies of $130.9 million for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003. A significant portion of these purchases related to raw material and packaging material purchases from Nutraco S.A., a purchasing subsidiary of Numico. Included in the above totals were additional purchases from another related party in the amounts of $28.8 million for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003.
     Transportation Revenue. GNCI operated a fleet of distribution vehicles that service delivery of product to company-owned and franchise locations. GNCI also delivered product for a related party. GNCI recognized $1.4 million associated with these transportation services for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003, as a reduction of its transportation costs.
     Research and Development. GNCI incurred $1.0 million of internally generated research and development costs for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003. In accordance with the previous Research Activities Agreement with Numico, also included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003 were costs related to research and development charged by Numico. The agreement provided that Numico conduct research and development activities including but not limited to: ongoing program of scientific and medical research, support and advice on strategic research objectives, design and develop new products, organize and manage clinical trials, updates on the latest technological and scientific developments, and updates on regulatory issues. These charges totaled $4.2 million for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003.
     Insurance. In order to reduce costs and mitigate duplicate insurance coverage, GNCI’s ultimate parent, Numico, purchased certain global insurance policies covering several types of insurance for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003. GNCI received charges for their portion of these costs. These charges totaled $2.9 million for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003.
     Shared Service Personnel Costs. GNCI provided certain risk management, tax and internal audit services to other affiliates of Numico. The payroll and benefit costs associated with these services were reflected on GNCI’s financial statements and were not allocated to any affiliates. Total costs related to shared services absorbed by GNCI was $1.2 million for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003. GNCI also incurred costs related to management services provided for the benefit of all U.S. affiliates. These costs totaled $1.1 million for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003. GNCI received certain management services related to the affiliation between GNCI and its U.S. parent, Nutricia and its ultimate parent, Numico. These services were not significant to GNCI’s operations.
NOTE 25. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION
     As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s debt includes Centers’ senior credit facility, its Senior Notes and its Senior Subordinated Notes. The senior credit facility has been guaranteed by the Company and its domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Notes are general unsecured obligations of Centers and rank secondary to Centers’ senior credit facility and are senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated obligations of Centers, including Centers Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured basis by all of Centers’ existing and future material domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Subordinated Notes are general unsecured obligations and are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by certain of Centers’ domestic subsidiaries and rank secondary to Center’s senior credit facility and Senior Notes. Guarantor subsidiaries include certain of the Company’s direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries as of the respective balance sheet dates. Non-guarantor subsidiaries include the remaining direct and indirect subsidiaries. The subsidiary guarantors are wholly owned by the Company. The guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several.

83


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Presented below are condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company, Centers as the issuer, and the combined guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries as of, and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the 27 days ended December 31, 2003. The guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries are presented in a combined format as their individual operations are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Investments in subsidiaries are either consolidated or accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Also following are condensed consolidated financial statements for GNCI as of December 4, 2003 and for the period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
     For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the 27 days ended December 31, 2003, the Parent company is the Company and the Issuer company is Centers (Successor). As of December 4, 2003 and for the period ended January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003, the Parent company is GNCI (Predecessor).
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined              
Successor                   Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
December 31, 2005   Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
Current assets
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $     $ 83,143     $ 2,870     $     $ 86,013  
Receivables, net
                69,518       1,112             70,630  
Intercompany receivables
          1,809       33,079             (34,888 )      
Inventories, net
                283,511       14,655             298,166  
Other current assets
          97       39,825       4,765             44,687  
 
                                   
Total current assets
          1,906       509,076       23,402       (34,888 )     499,496  
 
                                               
Goodwill, net
                79,167       942             80,109  
Brands, net
                209,000       3,000             212,000  
Property, plant and equipment, net
                158,877       20,605             179,482  
Investment in subsidiaries
    340,880       809,105       7,081             (1,157,066 )      
Other assets
          16,331       45,120       73       (8,780 )     52,744  
 
                                   
Total assets
  $ 340,880     $ 827,342     $ 1,008,321     $ 48,022     $ (1,200,734 )   $ 1,023,831  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Current liabilities
                                               
Current liabilities
  $ (118 )   $ 5,801     $ 188,362     $ 8,462     $     $ 202,507  
Intercompany payables
    1,809       20,474             12,605       (34,888 )      
 
                                   
Total current liabilities
    1,691       26,275       188,362       21,067       (34,888 )     202,507  
 
                                               
Long-term debt
          460,187             19,837       (8,780 )     471,244  
Other long-term liabilities
                10,854       37             10,891  
 
                                   
Total liabilities
    1,691       486,462       199,216       40,941       (43,668 )     684,642  
Cumulative redeemable exchangeable preferred stock
    127,115                               127,115  
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    212,074       340,880       809,105       7,081       (1,157,066 )     212,074  
 
                                   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 340,880     $ 827,342     $ 1,008,321     $ 48,022     $ (1,200,734 )   $ 1,023,831  
 
                                   

84


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined              
Successor                   Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
December 31, 2004   Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
Current assets
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $     $ 82,722     $ 2,439     $     $ 85,161  
Receivables, net
                66,821       1,327             68,148  
Intercompany receivables
          17,752       16,848             (34,600 )      
Inventories, net
                258,085       14,169             272,254  
Other current assets
    607       257       45,731       3,920             50,515  
 
                                   
Total current assets
    607       18,009       470,207       21,855       (34,600 )     476,078  
Goodwill, net
                77,643       942             78,585  
Brands, net
                209,000       3,000             212,000  
Property, plant and equipment, net
                172,813       22,596             195,409  
Investment in subsidiaries
    322,422       784,710       3,951             (1,111,083 )      
Other assets
          18,336       59,339       373       (8,780 )     69,268  
 
                                   
Total assets
  $ 323,029     $ 821,055     $ 992,953     $ 48,766     $ (1,154,463 )   $ 1,031,340  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Current liabilities
                                               
Current liabilities
  $ 163     $ 4,333     $ 182,490     $ 7,013     $     $ 193,999  
Intercompany payables
    1,865             15,887       16,848       (34,600 )      
 
                                   
Total current liabilities
    2,028       4,333       198,377       23,861       (34,600 )     193,999  
Long-term debt
          494,300             20,954       (8,780 )     506,474  
Other long-term liabilities
                9,866                   9,866  
 
                                   
Total liabilities
    2,028       498,633       208,243       44,815       (43,380 )     710,339  
Cumulative redeemable exchangeable preferred stock
    112,734                               112,734  
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    208,267       322,422       784,710       3,951       (1,111,083 )     208,267  
 
                                   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 323,029     $ 821,055     $ 992,953     $ 48,766     $ (1,154,463 )   $ 1,031,340  
 
                                   

85


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined              
Successor                   Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
Year ended December 31, 2005   Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
Revenue
  $     $     $ 1,255,357     $ 72,898     $ (10,547 )   $ 1,317,708  
 
                                               
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
                855,900       53,387       (10,547 )     898,740  
 
                                   
Gross profit
                399,457       19,511             418,968  
 
                                               
Compensation and related benefits
                216,437       12,189             228,626  
Advertising and promotion
                44,179       482             44,661  
Other selling, general and administrative
    421       1,923       72,657       1,531             76,532  
Subsidiary (income) loss
    (18,666 )     (24,185 )     (3,067 )           45,918        
Other income
                (2,441 )     (614 )           (3,055 )
 
                                   
Operating income (loss)
    18,245       22,262       71,692       5,923       (45,918 )     72,204  
 
                                               
Interest expense, net
          6,715       34,788       1,575             43,078  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Income (loss) before income taxes
    18,245       15,547       36,904       4,348       (45,918 )     29,126  
 
                                               
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (151 )     (3,119 )     12,719       1,281             10,730  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 18,396     $ 18,666     $ 24,185     $ 3,067     $ (45,918 )   $ 18,396  
 
                                   
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined              
Successor                   Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
Year ended December 31, 2004   Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
Revenue
  $     $     $ 1,281,774     $ 72,611     $ (9,643 )   $ 1,344,742  
 
                                               
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
                852,190       52,688       (9,643 )     895,235  
 
                                   
Gross profit
                429,584       19,923             449,507  
 
                                               
Compensation and related benefits
                217,959       11,998             229,957  
Advertising and promotion
                43,620       335             43,955  
Other selling, general and administrative
    143       1,745       66,104       5,879             73,871  
Subsidiary (income) loss
    (42,647 )     (43,918 )     (325 )           86,890        
Other expense (income)
    1,330             (52 )     (238 )           1,040  
 
                                   
Operating income (loss)
    41,174       42,173       102,278       1,949       (86,890 )     100,684  
 
                                               
Interest expense, net
    83             32,853       1,579             34,515  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Income (loss) before income taxes
    41,091       42,173       69,425       370       (86,890 )     66,169  
 
                                               
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (576 )     (474 )     25,507       45             24,502  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 41,667     $ 42,647     $ 43,918     $ 325     $ (86,890 )   $ 41,667  
 
                                   

86


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
                                                 
                    Combined     Combined              
Successor                   Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
27 Days ended December 31, 2003   Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
Revenue
  $     $     $ 95,987     $ 5,424     $ (12,123 )   $ 89,288  
 
                                               
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
                71,702       4,001       (12,123 )     63,580  
 
                                   
Gross profit
                24,285       1,423             25,708  
 
                                               
Compensation and related benefits
                15,804       915             16,719  
Advertising and promotion
                475       39             514  
Other selling, general and administrative
                4,912       186             5,098  
Other (income) expense
                (18 )     40             22  
Subsidiary (income) loss
    (354 )     (496 )     (81 )           931        
 
                                   
Operating income (loss)
    354       496       3,193       243       (931 )     3,355  
 
                                               
Interest expense, net
          224       2,429       120             2,773  
 
                                               
Income (loss) before income taxes
    354       272       764       123       (931 )     582  
 
                                               
Income tax (benefit) expense
          (82 )     268       42             228  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 354     $ 354     $ 496     $ 81     $ (931 )   $ 354  
 
                                   
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
                                         
            Combined     Combined              
Predecessor           Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
January 1, 2003 - December 4, 2003   Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
Revenue
  $     $ 1,431,275     $ 60,071     $ (151,137 )   $ 1,340,209  
 
                                       
Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy
          1,040,118       45,879       (151,137 )     934,860  
 
                             
Gross profit
          391,157       14,192             405,349  
 
                                       
Compensation and related benefits
          224,968       10,022             234,990  
Advertising and promotion
          38,274       139             38,413  
Other selling, general and administrative
          73,122       (2,184 )           70,938  
Other income
          (5,810 )     (4,275 )           (10,085 )
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
          692,314       17,053             709,367  
Subsidiary loss (income)
    584,921       10,830             (595,751 )      
 
                             
Operating (loss) income
    (584,921 )     (642,541 )     (6,563 )     595,751       (638,274 )
 
                                       
Interest expense, net
          119,502       1,623             121,125  
 
                                       
 
                                     
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (584,921 )     (762,043 )     (8,186 )     595,751       (759,399 )
 
                                       
Income tax (benefit) expense
          (177,122 )     2,644             (174,478 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (584,921 )   $ (584,921 )   $ (10,830 )   $ 595,751     $ (584,921 )
 
                             

87


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
                                         
                    Combined              
Successor                   Guarantor     Non-Guarantor        
Year ended December 31, 2005   Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  $     $ 4,710     $ 57,720     $ 1,756     $ 64,186  
 
                                       
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
Capital expenditures
                (20,626 )     (199 )     (20,825 )
Investment/distribution
          36,882       (36,882 )            
Other investing
                (710 )           (710 )
 
                             
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
          36,882       (58,218 )     (199 )     (21,535 )
 
                                       
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
GNC Corporation return of capital from General Nutrition Centers, Inc
    901       (901 )                  
Repurchase/retirement of common stock
    (901 )                       (901 )
Payments on long-term debt — third parties
          (185,981 )           (1,033 )     (187,014 )
Proceeds from senior notes issuance
          150,000                   150,000  
Other financing
          (4,710 )     919             (3,791 )
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
          (41,592 )     919       (1,033 )     (41,706 )
 
                                       
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                      (93 )     (93 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Net increase in cash
                421       431       852  
 
                                       
Beginning balance, cash
                82,722       2,439       85,161  
 
                             
 
                                       
Ending balance, cash
  $     $     $ 83,143     $ 2,870     $ 86,013  
 
                             

88


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
                                         
                    Combined              
Successor                   Guarantor     Non-Guarantor        
Year ended December 31, 2004   Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  $     $ (1,754 )   $ 83,675     $ 1,547     $ 83,468  
 
                                       
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
Capital expenditures
                (27,588 )     (741 )     (28,329 )
Acquisition of General Nutrition Companies, Inc
          2,102                   2,102  
Investment/distribution
          2,850       (2,850 )            
Other investing
                (810 )           (810 )
 
                             
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
          4,952       (31,248 )     (741 )     (27,037 )
 
                                       
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
GNC Corporation
                                       
investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc
    (758 )     758                    
Issuance costs of preferred stock
    (459 )                       (459 )
Issuance of common stock
    1,581                         1,581  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (364 )                       (364 )
Payments on long-term debt — third parties
          (2,850 )           (978 )     (3,828 )
Other financing
          (1,106 )     (347 )           (1,453 )
 
                             
Net cash used in financing activities
          (3,198 )     (347 )     (978 )     (4,523 )
 
                                       
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                      77       77  
 
                             
 
                                       
Net increase (decrease) in cash
                52,080       (95 )     51,985  
 
                                       
Beginning balance, cash
                30,642       2,534       33,176  
 
                             
 
                                       
Ending balance, cash
  $     $     $ 82,722     $ 2,439     $ 85,161  
 
                             

89


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
                                         
                    Combined     Combined        
Successor                   Guarantor     Non-Guarantor        
27 days ended December 31, 2003   Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  $     $ (19,363 )   $ 24,139     $ (88 )   $ 4,688  
 
                                       
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
Acquisition of General Nutrition Companies, Inc
          (738,117 )                 (738,117 )
Capital expenditures
                (1,822 )     (5 )     (1,827 )
Other investing
                (57 )           (57 )
 
                             
Net cash used in investing activities
          (738,117 )     (1,879 )     (5 )     (740,001 )
 
                                       
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
GNC Corporation investment in General Nutrition Centers, Inc
    (277,500 )     277,500                    
Issuance of common stock
    177,500                         177,500  
Issuance proceeds of preferred stock
    100,000                         100,000  
Borrowings from senior credit facility
          285,000                   285,000  
Proceeds from senior subordinated notes issuance
          215,000                   215,000  
Other financing
          (20,020 )     1,735             (18,285 )
 
                             
Net cash provided by financing activities
          757,480       1,735             759,215  
 
                                       
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                      (152 )     (152 )
 
                                       
Net increase (decrease) in cash
                23,995       (245 )     23,750  
 
                                       
Beginning balance, cash
                6,647       2,779       9,426  
 
                             
 
                                       
Ending balance, cash
  $     $     $ 30,642     $ 2,534     $ 33,176  
 
                             

90


Table of Contents

GNC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
                                 
            Combined     Combined        
Predecessor           Guarantor     Non-Guarantor        
Period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003   Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (in thousands)  
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  $     $ 99,755     $ (6,887 )   $ 92,868  
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Capital expenditures
          (30,069 )     (951 )     (31,020 )
Store acquisition costs
          (3,193 )           (3,193 )
Investment distribution
    91,794       (91,794 )            
Other investing
          2,706       54       2,760  
 
                       
Net cash from investing activities
    91,794       (122,350 )     (897 )     (31,453 )
 
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Payments on long-term debt — related party
    (91,794 )                 (91,794 )
Other financing
          1,915       (887 )     1,028  
 
                       
Net cash from financing activities
    (91,794 )     1,915       (887 )     (90,766 )
 
                               
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                12       12  
 
                               
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
          (20,680 )     (8,659 )     (29,339 )
 
                               
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
          27,327       11,438       38,765  
 
                       
 
                               
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $     $ 6,647     $ 2,779     $ 9,426  
 
                       

91


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
     None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
     Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Report. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act has been appropriately recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis and are effective in ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on such evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of December 31, 2005, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level.
     Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. We have made no changes during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
     None.

92


Table of Contents

PART III
ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding directors and executive officers of GNC and certain key executive officers of GNC’s subsidiaries as of March 1, 2006.
             
Name   Age   Position
Robert J. DiNicola
    58     Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors (1)
 
           
Joseph Fortunato
    53     President and Chief Executive Officer
 
           
Robert Homler
    60     Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
 
           
Curtis J. Larrimer
    50     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
           
Tom Dowd
    42     Senior Vice President and General Manager of Retail Operations – General Nutrition Corporation
 
           
Lee Karayusuf
    55     Senior Vice President of Distribution and Transportation – General Nutrition Distribution, LP
 
           
Michael Locke
    60     Senior Vice President of Manufacturing – Nutra Manufacturing, Inc.
 
           
Darryl Green
    45     Senior Vice President, Domestic Franchising
 
           
Reginald N. Steele
    60     Senior Vice President of International Franchising – General Nutrition International, Inc.
 
           
Susan Trimbo
    50     Senior Vice President of Scientific Affairs – General Nutrition Corporation
 
           
Laurence M. Berg
    39     Director
 
           
Peter P. Copses
    47     Director (3)
 
           
George G. Golleher
    57     Director (3)
 
           
Joseph W. Harch
    52     Director (2)
 
           
Andrew S. Jhawar
    34     Director (3)
 
           
Edgardo A. Mercadante
    50     Director (2)
 
(1)   Each director is a member of the board of directors of both GNC Corporation and Centers.
 
(2)   Member of audit committee of both GNC Corporation and Centers.
 
(3)   Member of compensation committee of both GNC Corporation and Centers.
     Robert J. DiNicola has been a member of our Board of Directors since December 2003 and became Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors in October 2004. He served as our interim Chief Executive Officer from December 2004 to May 2005. Mr. DiNicola currently also serves as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Linens ‘n Things, Inc., a large format specialty retailer of home textiles, housewares and home accessories. He is a 34-year veteran of the retail industry and is the former Chairman of the Board of Directors of Zale Corporation, a specialty retailer of fine jewelry. Mr. DiNicola joined Zale Corporation as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in April 1994. In July 1999, Mr. DiNicola relinquished his position as Chief Executive Officer of Zale Corporation and as an officer of the company the following year, but remained a member of the board. At the request of the Board, he rejoined Zale Corporation in February 2001 as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. DiNicola subsequently relinquished his position as Chief Executive Officer of Zale Corporation in August 2002 but retained his position as Chairman of the Board until March 2004. Prior to joining Zale Corporation, Mr. DiNicola served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Bon Marche, a division of Federated Department Stores, located in Seattle, Washington. Mr. DiNicola also serves as the Senior Retail Analyst for Apollo Management V and affiliates. Beginning his retail career in 1972, Mr. DiNicola is also a veteran of Macy’s, May Company and Federated Department Stores. He has held numerous executive positions in buying, merchandising and store operations across the country during his retail career.

93


Table of Contents

     Joseph Fortunato became President and Chief Executive Officer of GNC in November 2005. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of GNC beginning in December 2003 and was promoted to Senior Executive Vice President in June 2005. Since November 2005, Mr. Fortunato has also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of General Nutrition Companies, Inc., having previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since November 2001. From October 2000 until November 2001, he served as its Executive Vice President of Retail Operations and Store Development. Mr. Fortunato began his employment with General Nutrition Companies, Inc. in October 1990 and has held various positions, including Senior Vice President of Store Development and Operations from 1998 until 2000, Vice President of Financial Operations from 1997 until 1998 and Director of Financial Operations from 1990 until 1997. From 1984 to 1988, Mr. Fortunato was President of Fortunato & Associates Financial Consulting Group. From 1975 to 1984, Mr. Fortunato was the Controller of Motor Coils Manufacturing Company, a manufacturer of traction motors for locomotives and oil drilling rigs.
     Robert Homler became Chief Operating Officer of GNC in December 2005 and has been Executive Vice President since February 2005, having served as Chief Merchandising Officer of GNC from February to December 2005. From March 2001 until January 2005, Mr. Homler owned a Coffee Beanery (a gourmet coffee retailer) franchise operation in East Brunswick, New Jersey. From July 1998 to January 2000, Mr. Homler was President of Merchandising and Marketing of Levitz Furniture Corporation. Prior to joining Levitz Furniture Corporation, Mr. Homler was, from January 1994 to June 1998, Executive Vice President of Home Store Operations at Macy’s East Division of Federated Department Stores. From 1984 through 1994, Mr. Homler was a General Merchandise Manager of Home Store Operations at various Federated Department Store divisions: A & S/Jordan Marsh from 1992 until 1994; Rich’s Department Stores from 1991 until 1992; and Bon Marche from 1988 until 1992. From 1984 until 1988, Mr. Homler was Senior Vice President – Director of Merchandising for R.H. Macy Corporation where he began his retail career in 1968 as a buyer and merchandiser.
     Curtis J. Larrimer became Executive Vice President in March 2005 and continues to serve as Chief Financial Officer after having served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of GNC since December 2004, and after having served as Corporate Controller since February 2004. From August 2001 to December 2004, Mr. Larrimer also served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Corporate Controller of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. From January 1995 until August 2001, Mr. Larrimer served as Vice President and Controller of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. He began his employment with General Nutrition, Incorporated in the Budgets and Taxes department in 1980 and has held various positions, including Controller of the Retail and Manufacturing/Wholesale divisions and Assistant Corporate Controller, Vice President and Controller.
     Tom Dowd became Senior Vice President and General Manager of Retail Operations of General Nutrition Corporation in December 2005, having served as Senior Vice President of Stores since March 2003. From March 2001 until March 2003, Mr. Dowd was President of Contract Supplement Manufacturing Co., an unaffiliated product consulting company. From May 2000 until March 2001, Mr. Dowd was Senior Vice President of Retail Sales and was Division Three Vice President of General Nutrition Corporation from December 1998 to May 2000. From March 2001 until March 2003, he was also President of Healthlabs, LLC.
     Lee Karayusuf became Senior Vice President of Distribution and Transportation of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. in December 2000 with additional responsibility for its then affiliates, Rexall Sundown and Unicity. Mr. Karayusuf served as Director of Transportation of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. from December 1991 until March 1994 and Vice President of Transportation and Distribution from 1994 until December 2000. Prior to working at General Nutrition Companies, Inc. in 1991, Mr. Karayusuf was responsible for transportation operations for Daily Juice Company.
     Michael Locke became Senior Vice President of Manufacturing of Nutra Manufacturing, Inc. in June 2003. From January 2000 until June 2003, Mr. Locke served as the head of North American Manufacturing Operations for Numico, the former parent company of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. From 1994 until 1999, he served as Senior Vice President of Manufacturing of Nutra Manufacturing, Inc. (f/k/a General Nutrition Products, Inc.), and from 1991 until 1993, he served as Vice President of Distribution. From 1986 until 1991, Mr. Locke served as Director of Distribution of General Distribution Company, our indirect subsidiary.
     Darryl Green became Senior Vice President, Domestic Franchising of GNC in August 2005. From November 2003 through July 2005, Mr. Green served as Division Vice President for the Southeast. From July 2001 until November 2003, he consulted in the supplement and nutrition industry and was a member of the board of directors of Health Nutrition Systems Inc. in West Palm Beach, Florida. From June 1999 until June 2001, Mr. Green was our Vice President of Retail Sales.

94


Table of Contents

     Reginald N. Steele became Senior Vice President of International Franchising of General Nutrition International, Inc. in April 2001, having started as a Vice President in March 1994. From 1992 through March 1994, Mr. Steele was Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Coffee Beanery, Ltd., a 300-unit gourmet coffee store retailer. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Steele was employed as Senior Vice President of Franchising for Shoney’s Restaurants Inc., a casual dining restaurant company. From 1985 to 1989, Mr. Steele was the Director, Vice President and Executive Vice President of Franchise Operations for Arby’s, Inc., a 2,600-unit fast food chain.
     Susan Trimbo, Ph.D. became Senior Vice President of Scientific Affairs of General Nutrition Corporation in August 2001. Dr. Trimbo joined General Nutrition Corporation in June 1999 as Vice President of Scientific Affairs and, between July 2000 and July 2003, she also provided oversight for all of Numico’s North American nutritional supplement businesses. Prior to joining General Nutrition Corporation, Dr. Trimbo worked for Wyeth Consumer Healthcare on its Centrum vitamin business from January 1997 until June 1999 and for Clintec, a Nestle S.A./Baxter Healthcare Medical Nutrition venture, from January 1985 until January 1997.
     Laurence M. Berg has been a member of GNC’s board of directors since October 2005. Since 1992, Mr. Berg has been a senior partner of Apollo Advisors, L.P. (and together with its affiliated entities, including Apollo Management V, ‘‘Apollo”), a private investment management firm founded in 1990, which manages the Apollo investment funds. Mr. Berg is also a director of Educate Inc., Goodman Global Holdings and Rent-A-Center, Inc.
     Peter P. Copses has been a member of GNC’s board of directors since November 2003 and served as Chairman of GNC’s board of directors until October 2004. Mr. Copses is a founding senior partner of Apollo. Mr. Copses is also a director of Rent-A-Center, Inc.
     George G. Golleher has been a member of GNC’s board of directors since December 2003. Mr. Golleher has been a business consultant and private equity investor since June 1999. Mr. Golleher is a director of Simon Worldwide, Inc. , a former promotional marketing company, and has also been its Chief Executive Officer since March 2003. From March 1998 to May 1999, Mr. Golleher served as President, Chief Operating Officer and director of Fred Meyer, Inc., a food and drug retailer. Prior to joining Fred Meyer, Inc., Mr. Golleher served for 15 years with Ralphs Grocery Company until March 1998, ultimately as the Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of the Board. Mr. Golleher is also a director of Rite Aid Corporation.
     Joseph W. Harch has been a member of GNC’s board of directors since February 2004. Mr. Harch was a practicing Certified Public Accountant from 1974 until 1979 and has been in the securities business since 1979. Mr. Harch founded Harch Capital Management, Inc. (“HCM”) in 1991. At HCM, Mr. Harch has worked as a research analyst, investment strategist and portfolio manager for HCM’s high yield fixed income and equity accounts and is currently chairman of HCM’s board of directors. Between 1979 and 1991, Mr. Harch was a senior investment banker with the firms of Bateman Eichler, Hill Richards, Prudential Bache Securities, Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc. From October 1988 through February 1990, Mr. Harch was the National High Yield Sales Manager at Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated, where he managed its high yield sales force and syndicate and was responsible for new account development and origination. Mr. Harch is also a Director of Nobel Learning Communities, Inc.
     Andrew S. Jhawar has been a member of GNC’s board of directors since November 2003. Mr. Jhawar is a partner of Apollo, where he has been employed since February 2000. Prior to joining Apollo, Mr. Jhawar was an investment banker at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation from July 1999 until January 2000 and at Jefferies & Company, Inc. from August 1993 until December 1997.
     Edgardo A. Mercadante has been a member of GNC’s board of directors since December 2003. Since January 1997, Mr. Mercadante has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Familymeds Group, Inc., a company that operates specialty clinic-based pharmacies and vitamin centers. In November 2004 Familymeds Group, Inc. merged with DrugMax, Inc., a public specialty drug distributor. Mr. Mercadante serves as Chairman and CEO of DrugMax. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Mercadante was President and Chief Executive Officer of APP, Inc., a pharmacy benefit management company, which he co-founded in 1991. Additionally, from 1987 to 1996, Mr. Mercadante was President and Chief Executive Officer of Arrow Corp., a franchise pharmacy retailer. From 1987 to 1991, Mr. Mercadante was Chief Operating Officer of Appell Management Corp., a company that established licensed pharmacy outlets in supermarkets. From 1980 to 1986, Mr. Mercadante was a Division Manager at Rite Aid Corporation. Mr. Mercadante is also a Director of ProHealth Physicians, and DrugMax, Inc. d/b/a Familymeds Group, Inc.
Code of Ethics
     The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers. In addition, the Company has adopted a Code of Ethical Business Conduct for all employees.

95


Table of Contents

Board Composition
     As of December 31, 2005, GNC’s board of directors was composed of eight directors. Each director serves for annual terms and until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Apollo Funds V indirectly controls a majority of our Common Stock. Pursuant to our stockholders’ agreement, so long as Apollo Funds V own at least 2,100,000 shares of Common Stock and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock, Apollo Management V, as manager of Apollo Investment V, has the right to nominate all of the members of our board of directors. Each stockholder party to the stockholders’ agreement has agreed to vote all of the shares of Common Stock owned or held of record by it in favor of the Apollo Investment V nominees.
Board Committees
     The board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions. The board of directors of GNC currently has an audit committee and a compensation committee.
Audit Committee
     The audit committee selects, on behalf of our board of directors, an independent public accounting firm to be engaged to audit our financial statements, discusses with the independent auditors their independence, approves the compensation of the independent public accounting firm, reviews and discusses the audited financial statements with the independent auditors and management and will recommend to our board of directors whether the audited financials should be included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC. The audit committee also oversees the Company’s internal audit function. Messrs. Mercadante and Harch are members of GNC’s audit committee, and Mr. Mercadante is the chairman. There is a vacant position on the audit committee. The Company has one audit committee financial expert serving on its audit committee. The board of directors has determined that the financial expert is Mr. Harch.
Compensation Committee
     The compensation committee reviews and either approves, on behalf of our board of directors, or recommends to the board of directors for approval the annual salaries and other compensation of our executive officers and individual stock and stock option grants. The compensation committee also provides assistance and recommendations with respect to our compensation policies and practices and assists with the administration of our compensation plans. Mr. Jhawar is the chairman of the compensation committee, and the other members of GNC’s compensation committee are Messrs. Copses and Golleher.

96


Table of Contents

ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
Summary Compensation Table
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning compensation paid by GNC to its chief executive officer, former chief executive officer and its four most highly compensated executive officers (collectively, the “named executive officers”) for services rendered in all capacities to GNC during the 2005 fiscal year:
                                                 
                                Long Term    
            Annual Compensation           Compensation      
                                    Securities    
                            Other annual   Underlying   All Other
                    Bonus   compensation   Options/SARs   Compensation
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary ($)   ($) (1)   (2)   (#) (3)   (4)
 
Robert J. DiNicola
    2005     $ 542,321                   150,000     $ 49,500  
Executive Chairman of the Board (5)
    2004     $ 26,750                   350,000     $ 58,500  
 
                                               
Joseph Fortunato
    2005     $ 399,519           $ 48,515       104,667     $ 552  
President and Chief Executive Officer (5)
    2004     $ 350,000           $ 58,293           $ 845,287  
 
                                               
Robert Homler
    2005     $ 248,077           $ 128,356       250,000     $ 853  
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
                                               
 
                                               
Curtis J. Larrimer
    2005     $ 294,711           $ 30,872       46,840     $ 545  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    2004     $ 191,661           $ 47,511           $ 390,969  
 
                                               
Michael Locke
    2005     $ 235,355           $ 27,616       700     $ 1,563  
Senior Vice President of Manufacturing – Nutra Manufacturing, Inc.
    2004     $ 229,580     $ 14,062     $ 53,491           $ 451,012  
 
                                               
Susan Trimbo
    2005     $ 228,708           $ 36,190       1,840     $ 487  
Senior Vice President of Scientific Affairs – General Nutrition Corporation
    2004     $ 223,411           $ 42,622           $ 431,903  
 
                                               
Bruce E. Barkus
    2005     $ 232,692     $ 100,000     $ 60,404       400,000     $ 96,025  
Former President and Chief Executive Officer (5)
                                               
 
(1)   Mr. Locke’s 2004 bonus was with respect to performance in 2003. Mr. Barkus received a bonus in 2005 in connection with entering into his Employment Agreement with Centers.
 
(2)   Includes cash amounts received by the named executive officers for supplemental medical, supplemental retirement, parking, professional assistance, car allowance and financial services assistance. In accordance with applicable SEC rules, any cash amount exceeding 25% of the total other annual compensation and any additional items not listed above are noted in this footnote. Mr. Fortunato received $11,308 and $14,917 for professional assistance in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Mr. Homler received $94,721 as a reimbursement for relocation expenses in 2005, which included $30,807 as reimbursement for taxes on the reimbursed relocation expenses. Mr. Larrimer received $9,154 for professional assistance in 2005 and $8,538 as a car allowance in 2005. Mr. Locke received $10,000 and $14,512 for supplemental retirement in 2005 and 2004, respectively, $8,115 as a car allowance in 2005, and $15,315 as a reimbursement for relocation expenses in 2004. Ms. Trimbo received $10,000 and $12,766 for supplemental retirement in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Mr. Barkus received $10,994 in 2005 as reimbursement of legal expenses in connection with his Employment Agreement with Centers and $33,683 as a reimbursement for relocation expenses in 2005, which included $9,973 as reimbursement for taxes on the reimbursed relocation expenses.

97


Table of Contents

(3)   No restricted stock or long-term incentive plan awards were paid or granted to the named executive officers in 2005 or 2004.
 
(4)   Includes payments received by the named executive officers in 2004 in connection with the sale of GNCI in 2003 for (a) change in control bonuses in the following amounts: Mr. Fortunato, $660,000; Mr. Larrimer, $185,802; Mr. Locke, $225,000; and Ms. Trimbo, $416,000; (b) retention bonuses in the following amounts: Mr. Fortunato, $165,000; Mr. Larrimer, $185,802; and Mr. Locke, $225,000; and (c) cash bonuses paid by Numico on the Numico Management Stock Purchase Plan in the following amounts: Mr. Fortunato, $19,746; Mr. Larrimer, $19,013; and Ms. Trimbo, $15,601. Also Includes (i) imputed value for life insurance premiums in the following amounts: Mr. Fortunato, $552 in 2005 and $541 in 2005; Mr. Homler, $853 in 2005; Mr. Larrimer, $545 in 2005 and $353 in 2004; Mr. Locke, $1,563 in 2005 and $1,012 in 2004; Ms. Trimbo, $487 in 2005 and $302 in 2004; and Mr. Barkus, $64 in 2005; (ii) annual retainer and board meeting attendance fees for Mr. DiNicola in his role as a director, $49,500 in 2005 and $58,500 in 2004; and (iii) severance paid to Mr. Barkus in the amount of $63,462 in salary continuation payments and $32,500 in reimbursement of a home sales commission.
 
(5)   Mr. DiNicola served as Interim Chief Executive Officer until May 27, 2005. Mr. Barkus became President and Chief Executive Officer on May 27, 2005 and served until November 10, 2005. Mr. Fortunato became President and Chief Executive Officer on November 10, 2005. Mr. Fortunato previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since December 2003.
Option Grants During 2005 Fiscal Year
The following table sets forth the options granted during 2005 to the named executive officers under our 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan. We did not grant any stock appreciation rights during 2005. Except as noted, all options granted were non-qualified options.
                                                 
                                    Potential Realizable
                                    Value at Assumed Annual
                                    Rates of Stock Price
                                    Appreciation for Option
Individual Grants   Term (2)
            Percent of                
            Total                
    Number of   Options                
    Securities   Granted to                
    Underlying   Employees   Exercise or            
    Options   in Fiscal   Base Price   Expiration        
Name   Granted   Year (1)   ($/Share)   Date   5% ($)   10% ($)
Robert J. DiNicola (3)
    150,000       12 %   $ 6.00       12/15/2012     $ 366,390     $ 853,845  
 
                                               
Joseph Fortunato (4)
    50,000       8 %   $ 6.00       6/22/2012     $ 122,130     $ 284,615  
 
    54,667                       11/21/2012     $ 133,530     $ 311,181  
 
Robert Homler
    100,000                       3/16/2012     $ 244,260     $ 569,230  
    150,000       19 %   $ 6.00       12/15/2012     $ 366,390     $ 853,845  
 
                                               
Curtis J. Larrimer
    46,840       4 %   $ 6.00       3/16/2012     $ 114,412     $ 266,627  
 
                                               
Michael Locke
    700       *     $ 6.00       12/15/2012     $ 1,710     $ 3,985  
 
                                               
Susan Trimbo
    1,840       *     $ 6.00       12/15/2012     $ 4,494     $ 10,474  
 
                                               
Bruce E. Barkus (5)
    400,000       31 %   $ 6.00       6/1/2012     $ 977,041     $ 2,276,921  
 
*   Less than 1%.
 
(1)   Based on 1,285,506 options granted to employees and non-employee directors in 2005 under our 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan.

98


Table of Contents

(2)   In accordance with SEC rules, these columns show gain that could accrue for the listed options, assuming that the market price per share of our Common Stock appreciates from the date of grant over a period of seven years at an assumed annual rate of 5% and 10%, respectively. Our actual stock price appreciation over the seven-year option term will likely differ from these assumed rates. If the stock price does not increase above the exercise price at the time of exercise, the realized value from these options will be zero.
 
(3)   Of the listed options, 16,667 were granted as incentive stock options.
 
(4)   Of the listed options, 54,667 were granted as incentive stock options.
 
(5)   The listed options were granted as incentive stock options. The listed options terminated on November 10, 2005, upon Mr. Barkus’s termination of employment with GNC.
Option/SAR Exercises During 2005 Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year End Option/SAR Values
The following table provides information related to options exercised by the named executive officers and the number and value of options held at fiscal year end.
Aggregated Numico SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year
and Fiscal Year-End Numico SAR Values
                                 
                    Number of    
                    Securities   Value of
                    Underlying   Unexercised
                    Unexercised   In-the-Money
                Options/SARs   Options/SARs
    Shares           at Fiscal Year-   at Fiscal Year-
    Acquired           End (#)   End ($)
    on           Exercisable/   Exercisable/
    Exercise   Value   Unexercisable   Unexercisable
Name   (#)   Realized ($)   (1)   (2)
Robert J. DiNicola
                       
 
                               
Joseph Fortunato
    15,000     $ 117,545       15,000/—     $ 71,052/—  
 
                               
Robert Homler
                       
 
                               
Curtis J. Larrimer
    10,000     $ 63,461       10,000/—     $ 47,368/—  
 
                               
Michael Locke
    20,000     $ 193,720       15,000/—     $ 71,052/—  
 
                               
Susan Trimbo
    10,000     $ 75,096       7,500/—     $ 35,526/—  
 
                               
Bruce E. Barkus
                       
 
(1)   Represents stock appreciation rights granted by our predecessor, Royal Numico, NV; all of which are fully vested and exercisable.
 
(2)   Based on the value provided by Numico and converted to U.S. dollars from Euros based on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York noon buying rate on December 30, 2005, €1.00 = $ 1.1842.

99


Table of Contents

Aggregated GNC Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year
and Fiscal Year-End GNC Option Values
                                 
                    Number of    
                    Securities   Value of
                    Underlying   Unexercised
    Shares           Unexercised   In-the-Money
    Acquired           Options/SARs at   Options/SARs at
    on           Fiscal Year-End (#)   Fiscal Year-End ($)
    Exercise   Value   Exercisable/   Exercisable/
Name   (#)   Realized ($)   Unexercisable (1)   Unexercisable (2)
Robert J. DiNicola
                425,000/75,000     $ 1,602,250/$282,750  
 
                               
Joseph Fortunato
                147,666/252,334     $ 556,701/$951,299  
 
                               
Robert Homler
                —/250,000       —/$942,500  
 
                               
Curtis J. Larrimer
                26,580/73,420     $ 100,207/$276,293  
 
                               
Michael Locke
                22,150/22,850     $ 83,506/$86,145  
 
                               
Susan Trimbo
                26,580/28,420     $ 100,207/$107,143  
 
                               
Bruce E. Barkus
                       
 
(1)   Represents options granted pursuant to our 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan.
 
(2)   Based upon the fair market value of our Common Stock as of December 31, 2005, as determined by the Company in February 2006, $9.77, less the aggregate exercise price per share.
Employment Agreements
     We entered into an Employment Agreement with Mr. DiNicola in connection with his appointment as Interim Chief Executive Officer in December 2004, which had a term that expired on December 31, 2005, and provided for an annual base salary of $535,000. In December 2005, we entered into a new Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2006. The new Employment Agreement provides for an employment term up to December 31, 2008, subject to automatic annual one-year renewals commencing on December 31, 2007 and each December 31 thereafter, unless the Company or Mr. DiNicola provides advance notice of termination. The new Employment Agreement provides for an annual base salary of $750,000. In connection with the new Employment Agreement, in January 2006, Mr. DiNicola also received a grant of 25,000 shares of our Common Stock.
     We entered into an Employment Agreement with Mr. Fortunato in connection with the Acquisition, which provided for a term through December 31, 2006, and an annual base salary of $350,000. The Employment Agreement was amended in June 2005 in connection with his promotion to Senior Executive Vice President and provided for, among other things, an additional year on the term and an increase in the base salary to $425,000. In November 2005, we entered into a new Employment Agreement with Mr. Fortunato in connection with his appointment as President and Chief Executive Officer. The new Employment Agreement provides for an employment term up to December 31, 2007, subject to automatic annual one-year renewals commencing on December 31, 2006 and each December 31 thereafter, unless the Company or Mr. Fortunato provides advance notice of termination. The new Employment Agreement provides for an annual base salary of $550,000.
     The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Mr. Homler in February 2005 in connection with his employment as Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer. The original Employment Agreement provided for a term up to December 31, 2006, and an annual base salary of $300,000. In January 2006, effective upon his appointment as Chief Operating Officer in December 2005, we entered into a new Employment Agreement with Mr. Homler. The new Employment Agreement provides for an employment term up to December 31, 2007, subject to automatic annual one-year renewals commencing on December 31, 2006 and each December 31 thereafter, unless the

100


Table of Contents

Company or Mr. Homler provides advance notice of termination. The new Employment Agreement provides for an annual base salary of $350,000.
     We originally entered into an Employment Agreement with Mr. Larrimer in connection with the Acquisition and his position as Senior Vice President of Finance and Corporate Controller. This original agreement provided for a term to December 31, 2004, and an annual base salary of $185,900.96. The original agreement was superseded by a new Employment Agreement in December 2004 with an extended term through December 31, 2006, and an increase in base salary to $275,000. In connection with his appointment as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, in March 2005, the Company entered into an amended and restated Employment Agreement with Mr. Larrimer. The term of Mr. Larrimer’s current Employment Agreement expires on December 31, 2006, subject to automatic annual one-year renewals commencing on December 15, 2005 and each December 15 thereafter, unless the Company or Mr. Larrimer provides advance notice of termination. As of the date of this Report, the term has automatically been extended until December 31, 2007. Under the current Employment Agreement, Mr. Larrimer receives a base salary of $300,000 per year.
     We entered into an Employment Agreement with Mr. Locke in December 2004, which provides for an employment term up to December 31, 2006, subject to automatic annual one-year renewals commencing on December 15, 2005 and each December 15 thereafter, unless the Company or Mr. Locke provides advance notice of termination. As of the date of this Report, the term has automatically been extended until December 31, 2007. The Employment Agreement provides for an annual base salary of $235,355, which was increased to $243,004 in December 2005.
     We entered into an Employment Agreement with Ms. Trimbo in connection with the Acquisition, and her position as Senior Vice President of Scientifics Affairs. This agreement provides for an employment term up to December 31, 2005, subject to automatic annual one-year renewals commencing on October 31, 2004 and each October 31 thereafter, unless the Company or Ms. Trimbo provides advance notice of termination. As of the date of this Report, the term has automatically been extended until December 31, 2007. The Employment Agreement provides for an annual base salary of $208,000, which was increased to $236,141 in December 2005.
     The annual base salary of each executive is subject to annual review by our board of directors or the compensation committee. The executives are entitled to certain annual performance bonuses pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements. Mr. DiNicola has a target bonus of 50% to 120% of his annual base salary, which is based upon GNC’s attainment of annual sales, EBITDA and cash flow generation goals set by our board of directors or compensation committee. Mr. Fortunato’s target bonus is 50% to 120% of his annual base salary based upon the Company’s attainment of annual goals established by our board of directors or compensation committee. Generally, the bonuses are payable only if the executive is employed by the Company on the last day of the bonus period. In addition, Mr. DiNicola will be entitled to a one-time cash bonus of $1 million upon the consummation of an initial underwritten public offering by GNC or a change of control, in each case where our Principal Stockholder has received at least a 25% internal rate of return on its investment in our Common Stock. The annual bonuses for Messrs. Homler, Larrimer, Locke and Steele are in amounts to be determined by our board of directors or compensation committee in its discretion.

101


Table of Contents

     Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreements and our 2003 Omnibus Stock Option Plan, the executives have been granted the following stock options:
                                 
    Number of           Exercise    
    Option Shares   Grant Date   Price   Notes
DiNicola
    50,000       12/5/2003     $ 6.00       (1 )
 
    300,000       12/1/2004     $ 6.00       (2 )
 
    150,000       12/15/2005     $ 6.00       (2 )
 
                               
Fortunato
    295,333       12/5/2003     $ 6.00       (3 )
 
    50,000       6/22/2005     $ 6.00       (3 )
 
    54,667       11/21/2005     $ 6.00       (3 )
 
                               
Homler
    100,000       3/16/2005     $ 6.00       (3 )
 
    150,000       12/15/2005     $ 6.00       (3 )
 
                               
Larrimer
    53,160       12/5/2003     $ 6.00       (3 )
 
    46,840       3/16/2005     $ 6.00       (3 )
 
                               
Locke
    44,300       12/5/2003     $ 6.00       (3 )
 
    700       12/15/2005     $ 6.00       (3 )
 
                               
Trimbo
    53,160       12/5/2003     $ 6.00       (3 )
 
    1,840       12/15/2005     $ 6.00       (3 )
 
(1)   Granted to Mr. DiNicola in his then-capacity as a non-employee director. Vests 100% on date of grant.
 
(2)   Vests 50% on date of grant and 50% on first anniversary of date of grant.
 
(3)   Vests in four equal annual installments beginning on first anniversary of date of grant.
None of the options were exercised in 2005.
     In the event of a change of control of GNC, all of the options will accelerate and become fully vested and exercisable. Change of control is defined under the employment agreements to mean (1) the occurrence of an event including a merger or consolidation of GNC, if, following the transaction, any person or group becomes the beneficial owner (directly or indirectly) of more than 50% of the voting power of the equity interests of GNC or any successor company provided that Apollo Management V and certain related parties do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of our board of directors and, further provided, that the transfer of 100% of the voting stock of GNC to an entity that has an ownership structure identical to GNC prior to such transfer, such that GNC becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of such entity, shall not be treated as a change of control, (2) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of GNC and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, (3) after an initial public offering of capital stock of GNC, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted our board of directors, together with any new directors whose election by the board of directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of GNC was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of GNC then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors then in office, or (4) GNC dissolves or adopts a plan of complete liquidation.
     The employment agreements also provide for certain benefits upon termination of the executive’s employment. Upon death or disability, the executive (or his or her estate) will be entitled to the executive’s current base salary (less any payments made under Company-sponsored disability benefit plans) for the remainder of the employment period, plus a pro rata share of the annual bonus based on actual employment. With respect to Mr. DiNicola, the bonus payment will be made provided that bonus targets are met for the year of such termination. With respect to Messrs. Fortunato, Homler, Larrimer and Locke and Ms. Trimbo, the prorated bonus payments are subject to the discretion of our board of directors or compensation committee.
     Upon termination of employment by the Company without cause or voluntarily by the executive for good reason, the executive is entitled to salary continuation for the remainder of his employment period, a pro rata share of the annual bonus based on actual employment and continuation of certain welfare benefits and perquisites through the remainder of the employment term. With respect to Messrs. Larrimer and Locke and Ms. Trimbo, the prorated bonus

102


Table of Contents

payments are subject to the discretion of our board of directors or compensation committee. With respect to Messrs. DiNicola, Fortunato and Homler, If the termination occurs upon or within six months following a change of control, we will continue to pay the executive’s base salary for the greater of the remainder of the employment term or a two-year period following the date of termination, and the welfare benefits and perquisites will be continued for the same period. For Messrs. Larrimer and Locke and Ms. Trimbo, it is a two-year period. Payment of benefits following termination by the Company without cause or voluntarily by the executive for good reason will be contingent upon execution of a written release by the executive.
     The employment agreements and stock option agreements provide that stock options that are not exercisable as of the date of termination of employment shall expire and options which are exercisable as of such date will remain exercisable for a 90-day period, or 180 days in the event of the executive’s death or total disability. In the event of Mr. DiNicola’s death or disability, all of his outstanding options will become fully exercisable.
     Our stock that is held by the executives, other than by Mr. DiNicola, is subject to a call right by the Company for a period of 180 days (270 days in the case of death) from the date of termination. This call right is for an amount equal to the product of (1) all shares held by such executive and (2) the fair market value of the stock, as determined by our board of directors. Mr. Fortunato has the right under his employment agreement to request that the board of directors obtain a fairness opinion from a nationally recognized accounting firm or investment bank chosen by the Company, to review our board’s fair market value determination. If the fairness opinion validates our fair market determination, the gross purchase price paid to the executive for such shares will be reduced by 10% (excluding such other tax or withholding as may be required by applicable law). If the fairness opinion determines a higher fair market value, the gross purchase price will be based on the value or within the range of value set forth in the fairness opinion or, if there is not stated value or range, a higher price as determined by the Company.
     The employment agreements further provide that if any payment to the executive would be subject to or result in the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, then the amount of such payments shall be reduced to the highest amount that may be paid by the Company without subjecting such payment to the excise tax. The executive will have the right to designate those payments or benefits that shall be reduced or eliminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the employment agreements for Messrs. DiNicola and Fortunato, the reduction shall not apply if the executive would, on a net after-tax basis, receive less compensation than if the payment were not so reduced. All determinations with regard to such excise tax and any reduction in connection with payments to the executive shall be made by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or any other nationally recognized accounting firm that acts as the Company’s outside auditors at the time of such determination.
     The employment agreements set forth certain terms of confidentiality concerning trade secrets and confidential or proprietary information which may not be disclosed by the executive except as required by court order or applicable law. The agreements further provide certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions which restrict the executive and certain relatives from engaging in activities which compete against the interests of GNC during the term of his employment and for the longer of the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment or the period during which the executive receives termination payments.
     The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Mr. Barkus in May 2005 in connection with his employment as President and Chief Executive Officer. The Employment Agreement provided for a term up to December 31, 2007, and an annual base salary of $550,000. In connection with his employment, Mr. Barkus was granted an incentive stock option to purchase 400,000 shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share. The option was to vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period on each anniversary of the date of grant. The terms of the Employment Agreement were substantially similar to those in the employment agreements for the other executives.
     On November 10, 2005, Mr. Barkus resigned his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Since no portion of the option had vested, the option terminated upon Mr. Barkus’s resignation.
     In connection with Mr. Barkus’s resignation, we entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, we agreed to certain termination benefits. Mr. Barkus will continue to be paid his annual base salary of $550,000 through July 1, 2006 in accordance with the Company’s payroll system in the same manner and at the same time as though he remained employed by the Company. During the same period, the Company will reimburse Mr. Barkus for the amount of his monthly COBRA costs that exceed the monthly amount he was paying for health, dental and prescription coverage immediately prior to his termination. We agreed to shorten the period in which Mr. Barkus will be subject to noncompetition restrictions to the period ending July 1, 2006. Centers also agreed to reimburse or indemnify Mr. Barkus in connection with certain expenses relating to the sale of his personal residences, the termination of a residential lease and relocation from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The Separation Agreement included a mutual release of claims.

103


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
     Our board of directors and that of Centers have formed compensation committees that have identical membership and are each currently comprised of Messrs. Copses, Jhawar and Golleher. Mr. Copses, a member of each compensation committee, was an executive officer of GNC from its inception in November 2003 and of Centers, from its inception in October 2003, in each case until his resignation as an executive officer in February 2004 following consummation of the Acquisition. Mr. Copses is a founding senior partner, and Mr. Jhawar is a partner, of Apollo Management V, an affiliate of our Principal Stockholder. Except as described above, no member of the compensation committee has ever been an executive officer of GNC or its subsidiaries or been an affiliate of GNC or one of its affiliates. In the year ended December 31, 2005, no other executive officer of GNC served as a director or member of the compensation committee of another entity whose executive officers served on GNC’s board of directors or compensation committee.
Compensation of Directors
     Our chairman of the board of directors and each non-employee director receive an annual retainer of $40,000 and a stipend of $2,000 for each board meeting attended in person or $500 for each meeting attended telephonically. Additionally, non-employee directors serving on board committees receive a stipend of $1,000 for each meeting attended in person or $500 for each meeting attended telephonically. In addition, each non-employee director, upon election or appointment to the board of directors will receive a grant of non-qualified stock options to purchase a minimum of 25,000 shares of our Common Stock, with the number to be determined by the board of directors in its discretion. We have granted each of our current non-employee directors between 25,000 and 75,000 fully vested options to purchase shares of our Common Stock under our 2003 Omnibus Stock Option Plan for their service on our board of directors upon each director’s appointment, aggregating 200,000 options.

104


Table of Contents

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
     The following table sets forth, as of March 1, 2006 (the “Ownership Date”), the number of shares of our Common Stock beneficially owned by (1) each person or group known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (2) each director, (3) each of the named executive officers and (4) all directors and executive officers as a group.
     Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the following persons have sole voting and investment control with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them. In accordance with SEC rules, if a person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock, on or within 60 days of the Ownership Date, upon exercise of outstanding options or otherwise, the shares are deemed beneficially owned by that person and are deemed to be outstanding solely for the purpose of determining the percentage of our shares that person beneficially owns. These shares are not included in the computations of percentage ownership for any other person.
                 
    Beneficial Ownership
Name of Beneficial Owner   Shares   Percentage
Directors and Named Executive Officers (1):
               
 
               
Bruce E. Barkus
           
 
               
Laurence M. Berg (2)
    28,768,333       97.3 %
 
               
Peter P. Copses (2)
    28,768,333       97.3 %
 
               
Robert J. DiNicola (3) (4)
    491,667       1.6 %
 
               
Joseph Fortunato (3) (5)
    210,166       *  
 
               
George G. Golleher (3) (6)
    105.000       *  
 
               
Joseph Harch (7)
    25,000       *  
 
               
Robert Homler (8)
    25,000       *  
 
               
Andrew S. Jhawar (2) (3)
    28,813,333       97.4 %
 
               
Curtis J. Larrimer (3) (9)
    60,790       *  
 
               
Michael Locke (3) (10)
    39,025       *  
 
               
Edgardo A. Mercadante (3) (11)
    78,333       *  
 
               
Susan Trimbo (3) (12)
    37,830       *  
 
               
All directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons) (3) (13)
    30,114,235       98.7 %
 
               
Beneficial Owners of 5% or More of Our Outstanding Common Stock :
               
 
               
GNC Investors, LLC (14)
    28,743,333       97.3 %
 
*   Less than 1% of the outstanding shares.
 
(1)   Except as otherwise noted, the address of each director is c/o Apollo Management V, L.P., 9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, New York 10019 and the address of each current executive officer is c/o General Nutrition Centers, Inc., 300 Sixth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222.
 
(2)   Includes options to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock that are exercisable on the Ownership Date and 28,743,333 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Apollo Management V, as to which each of Messrs. Berg, Copses and Jhawar, each of whom are directors of the Company and partners of Apollo Management V, expressly disclaim beneficial ownership, except to the extent of any direct pecuniary interest.

105


Table of Contents

(3)   On December 5, 2003, in connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a stockholders’ agreement with each of our stockholders. Each stockholder who purchased shares after that time has also agreed to be bound by the stockholders’ agreement. Pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement, each stockholder agreed to give Apollo Investment V a voting proxy to vote with respect to certain matters as set forth in the stockholders’ agreement. As a result, Apollo Investment V may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of Common Stock held by the parties to the stockholders’ agreement. Apollo Investment V expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock held by each of the parties to the stockholders’ agreement, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest in our Principal Stockholder.
 
(4)   Includes options to purchase 425,000 shares of Common Stock that are exercisable on the Ownership Date.
 
(5)   Includes options to purchase 147,666 shares of Common Stock that are exercisable on the Ownership Date.
 
(6)   Includes options to purchase 55,000 shares of Common Stock that are exercisable on the Ownership Date.
 
(7)   Includes options to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock that are exercisable on the Ownership Date.
 
(8)   Includes options to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock that are exercisable on or within 60 days of the Ownership Date.
 
(9)   Includes options to purchase 38,290 shares of Common Stock that are exercisable on or within 60 days of the Ownership Date.
 
(10)   Includes options to purchase 22,150 shares of Common Stock that are exercisable on the Ownership Date.
 
(11)   Includes options to purchase 45,000 shares of Common Stock that are exercisable on the Ownership Date.
 
(12)   Includes options to purchase 26,580 shares of Common Stock that are exercisable on the Ownership Date.
 
(13)   Includes (a) options to purchase an aggregate of 965,902 shares of Common Stock that are exercisable on or within 60 days of the Ownership Date and (b) 28,743,333 shares of Common Stock held by our Principal Stockholder.
 
(14)   Represents shares held by our Principal Stockholder, which is a special purpose entity that was created in connection with the Acquisition. Apollo Funds V own approximately 76% of our Principal Stockholder. Apollo Management V is the manager of our Principal Stockholder. Apollo Management V and its affiliates have shared dispositive power over all of our outstanding Common Stock. Pursuant to a stockholders’ agreement, Apollo Management V, as manager of Apollo Investment V, has sole voting power over all of our outstanding Common Stock. Apollo Advisors V, L.P. (“Apollo Advisors”) is the general partner of Apollo Funds V and Apollo Management V is the manager of Apollo Funds V. Messrs. Leon Black and John Hannan are the principal executive officers and directors of the general partners of Apollo Management V and Apollo Advisors V, and each of Messrs. Black and Hannan, except to the extent of his direct pecuniary interest expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the indicated shares. Each of Apollo Advisors V, Apollo Management V and Apollo Funds V has no pecuniary interest in the remaining interests of our Principal Stockholder. The address of GNC Investors, LLC is c/o Apollo Management V, L.P., 9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, New York 10019.

106


Table of Contents

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
Management and Advisory Services
     Immediately prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, we entered into a management agreement with Apollo Management V, which controls our Principal Stockholder. Three of our directors, Laurence M. Berg, Peter P. Copses and Andrew S. Jhawar, are partners of Apollo Management V. Under this management agreement, Apollo Management V agreed to provide to us certain investment banking, management, consulting and financial planning services on an ongoing basis and certain financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with major financial transactions that may be undertaken by us or our subsidiaries in exchange for a fee of $1.5 million per year, plus reimbursement of expenses. Apollo Management V may provide additional services to us from time to time pursuant to the management agreement, including financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with certain transactions for which we will pay customary fees and expenses. Under the management agreement, we agreed to provide customary indemnification. In addition, on December 5, 2003, we incurred a structuring fee of $7.5 million (plus reimbursement of expenses) to Apollo Management V for financial advisory services rendered in connection with the Acquisition, which was paid in January 2004. These services included assisting us in structuring the Acquisition, taking into account tax considerations and optimal access to financing and assisting in the negotiation of our material agreements and financing arrangements in connection with the Acquisition. Although we believe these fees are comparable to management fees paid by portfolio companies of other private equity firms with comparable experience and sophistication, there is no assurance that these agreements are on terms comparable to those that could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
Stockholders’ Agreement
     Upon consummation of the Acquisition, we entered into a stockholders’ agreement with each of our stockholders, which includes certain of our directors, employees and members of our management and our Principal Stockholder. The stockholders’ agreement gives Apollo Investment V the right to nominate all of the members of our board of directors and, until the occurrence of certain events, the right to vote all shares of our Common Stock and Series A preferred stock subject to the stockholders’ agreement on all matters. In addition, the stockholders’ agreement contains registration rights that require us to register Common Stock held by the stockholders who are parties thereto in the event we register for sale, either for our own account or the account of others, shares of our Common Stock.
Separation Agreement with Bruce E. Barkus
     Mr. Barkus’s employment with us terminated on November 10, 2005, and we entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release with him that became effective on the same date. In consideration of Mr. Barkus’s execution and compliance with the conditions of the separation agreement, including releasing all claims and abiding by certain non-competition, nonsolicitation and confidentiality/intellectual property obligations, we agreed to certain termination benefits. Mr. Barkus will continue to be paid his annual base salary of $550,000 through July 1, 2006 in accordance with the Company’s payroll system in the same manner and at the same time as though he remained employed by the Company. During the same period, the Company will reimburse Mr. Barkus for the amount of his monthly COBRA costs that exceed the monthly amount he was paying for health, dental and prescription coverage immediately prior to his termination. We agreed to shorten the period in which Mr. Barkus will be subject to noncompetition restrictions to the period ending July 1, 2006. Centers also agreed to reimburse or indemnify Mr. Barkus in connection with certain expenses relating to the sale of his personal residences, the termination of a residential lease and relocation from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

107


Table of Contents

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Audit Fees
     Aggregate fees for professional services rendered for the Company by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PricewaterhouseCoopers”) for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, were:
                 
    2005     2004  
    (in thousands)  
Type of Fee
               
Audit Fees
  $ 771     $ 1,317  
Tax Fees
    39       11  
 
           
Total
  $ 810     $ 1,328  
 
           
     The Audit Fees for the years December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, were for professional services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers for the audit of our consolidated annual financial statements, review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements, issuance of consents, assistance with registration statements and offering memorandums and statutory audits.
Audit-Related Fees
     PricewaterhouseCoopers did not bill us any fees during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, for assurance and related services that were reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and that are not included in the table above.
Tax Fees
     The Tax Fees for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, were for services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers relating to tax compliance.
All Other Fees
     PricewaterhouseCoopers did not bill us any fees during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, for products and services, other than the services referred to in the preceding paragraphs.
     In accordance with policies adopted by our audit committee, all audit and non-audit related services to be performed by our independent public accountants must be approved in advance by the audit committee or by a designated member of the audit committee. All services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers were approved by our audit committee.

108


Table of Contents

PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
   (a) Documents filed as part of this Report:
     (1) Financial statements filed in Part II, Item 8 of this Report:
    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
      As of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004
    Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
      For years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 and the period from January 1, 2003 through December 4, 2003
    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
      For years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 and the period from January 1, 2003 through December 4, 2003
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
      For years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the 27 days ended December 31, 2003 and the period from January 1, 2003 through December 4, 2003
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
     (2) Financial statement schedule:
          SCHEDULE II- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
GNC Corporation and Subsidiaries
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                 
            Additions            
            - charged            
    Balance at   to costs           Balance
    beginning   and           at end of
    of period   expense   Deductions   period
    (in thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)
                               
Predecessor
                               
Period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003
    17,692       20,348       (18,425 )     19,615  
 
Successor
                               
27 days ended December 31, 2003
    19,615       2,254       (6,879 )     14,990  
Twelve months ended December 31, 2004
    14,990       8,431       (11,163 )     12,258  
Twelve months ended December 31, 2005
    12,258       9,736       (11,375 )     10,619  
Deferred tax valuation allowance (2)
                               
Predecessor
                               
Period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003
    34,841       34,045             68,886  
Inventory reserves
                               
Predecessor
                               
Period January 1, 2003 to December 4, 2003
    14,751       13,756       (11,607 )     16,900  
 
Successor
                               
27 days ended December 31, 2003
    16,900       2,857       (506 )     19,251  
Twelve months ended December 31, 2004
    19,251       17,344       (22,034 )     14,561  
Twelve months ended December 31, 2005
    14,561       3,864       (6,272 )     12,153  
 
(1)   These balances are the total allowance for doubtful accounts for trade accounts receivable and the current and long-term franchisenote receivable.
 
(2)   There was no deferred tax valuation allowance balance for the other period presented in this table.

109


Table of Contents

(3)   Exhibits:
     Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Report. Certain exhibits are incorporated by reference from statements and reports previously filed by the Company or Centers with the SEC pursuant to Rule 12b-32 under the Exchange Act:
EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit    
No.   Description
       
 
  3.1    
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of GNC Corporation (“GNC”), as amended (f/k/a General Nutrition Centers Holding Company). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to GNC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed June 22, 2004.)
  3.2    
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of GNC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to GNC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed June 22, 2004.)
  3.3    
By-Laws of GNC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to GNC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed June 22, 2004.)
  3.4    
Certificate of Incorporation of General Nutrition Centers, Inc. (“Centers”) (f/k/a Apollo GNC Holding, Inc.). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, April 15, 2004.)
  3.5    
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Centers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, April 15, 2004.)
  3.6    
By-Laws of Centers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, April 15, 2004.)
  4.1    
Stockholders’ Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and among General Nutrition Centers Holding Company (n/k/a GNC) and certain stockholders. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to GNC’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed July 14, 2004.)
  4.2    
Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions Thereof of 12% Series A Exchangeable Preferred Stock of General Nutrition Centers Holding Company (n/k/a GNC). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to GNC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed June 22, 2004.)
  4.3    
Form of 12% Series A Exchangeable Preferred Stock Certificate. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Amendment No. 1 to GNC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 24, 2004.)
  4.4    
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003, among General Nutrition Centers Holding Company (n/k/a GNC), Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as initial purchasers, of the 12% Series A Exchangeable Preferred Stock of General Nutrition Centers Holding Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to GNC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed June 22, 2004.)
  4.5    
Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2003, among Centers, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee relating to Centers’ 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  4.6    
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 6, 2004, among GNC Franchising, LLC, Centers, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee relating to Centers’ 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  4.7    
Form of 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Note due 2010. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Center’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  4.8    
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 5, 2003 among Centers, the guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto and Lehman Brothers Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as the initial purchasers of Centers’ 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  4.9    
Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2005, among Centers, each of the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed January 19, 2005.)
  4.10    
Form of 8 5/8% Senior Note due 2011. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed January 19, 2005.)
  4.11    
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2005, by and among Centers, the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto, Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed January 19, 2005.)

110


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
No.   Description
  10.1    
Credit Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2003, among General Nutrition Centers Holding Company (n/k/a GNC), Centers, as borrower, the several other banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto, Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint book runners, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as syndication agent, and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.2    
First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2004, among GNC, Centers, as borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party to the Credit Agreement referred to therein and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed December 16, 2004.)
  10.3    
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2003, made by General Nutrition Centers Holding Company (n/k/a GNC), Centers and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.4    
Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2003 made in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.5    
Management Services Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2003, by and among Centers, General Nutrition Centers Holding Company (n/k/a GNC) and Apollo Management V, L.P. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.6    
Mortgage, Assignment of Leases, Rents and Contracts, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing dated March 23, 1999, from Gustine Sixth Avenue Associates, Ltd., as Mortgagor, to Allstate Life Insurance Company, as Mortgagee. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.7    
Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.8    
Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.9    
Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.10    
Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.11    
Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to General Nutrition Centers, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.12    
Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between Numico Research B.V. and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.13    
Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between General Nutrition Corporation and N.V. Nutricia. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.14    
Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between General Nutrition Investment Company and Numico Research B.V. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.15    
GNC Live Well Later Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.16    
General Nutrition Corporation Holding Company (n/k/a GNC) 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.17    
Form of GNC 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed March 18, 2005.)
  10.18    
Form of GNC 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed June 2, 2005.)
  10.19    
Stock Option Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2004, by and between GNC and Robert J. DiNicola. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed December 3, 2004.)
  10.20    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2004, by and between Centers and Robert J. DiNicola. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed December 3, 2004.)

111


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
No.   Description
  10.21    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2005, by and among Centers, GNC and Robert J. DiNicola. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed December 22, 2005.)
  10.22    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2004, by and between Centers and Joseph Fortunato. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed January 19, 2005.)
  10.23    
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2005, by and between Centers and Joseph Fortunato. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed June 23, 2005.)
  10.24    
Employment Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and between Centers and Joseph Fortunato. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to GNC’s Form 8-K/A, filed November 29, 2005.)
  10.25    
Employment Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2005, by and between Centers and Robert Homler. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed February 23, 2005.)
  10.26    
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2006, by and between Centers and Robert Homler. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to GNC’s Form 8-K/A, filed January 13, 2006.)
  10.27    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2004, amended and restated as of March 14, 2005, by and between General Nutrition Centers, Inc., and Curtis Larrimer. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 GNC’s Form 8-K, filed March 14, 2005.)
  10.28    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2003, by and between Centers and Susan Trimbo. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.29    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2003, by and between Centers and Reginald Steele. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed April 15, 2004.)
  10.30    
Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of December 1, 2004, by and between Louis Mancini and Centers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed January 19, 2005.)
  10.31    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2004, by and between Centers and David Heilman. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed January 19, 2005.)
  10.32    
Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of March 10, 2005, by and between Dave Heilman and General Nutrition Centers, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed March 14, 2005.)
  10.33    
Employment Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2004, by and between Centers and Margaret Peet. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to GNC’s Form 10-K, filed March 30, 2005.)
  10.34    
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2004, by and between Centers and Margaret Peet. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to GNC’s Form 10-K, filed March 30, 2005.)
  10.35    
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2005, by and between Centers and Bruce E. Barkus. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed June 2, 2005.)
  10.36    
Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and among Centers, GNC and Bruce E. Barkus. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GNC’s Form 8-K, filed November 14, 2005.)
  10.37    
GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of December 8, 1998, by and between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Corporation.* (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 9, 2004.)
  10.38    
Amendment to the GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2000, by and between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Hdqtrs Corp.* (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 9, 2004.)
  10.39    
Amendment to the GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement dated as of May 1, 2004, between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Hdqtrs Corp.* (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Centers’ Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 9, 2004.)
  10.40    
Form of indemnification agreement for directors and executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to GNC’s Form 10-K, filed March 30, 2005.)
  14.1    
Code of Ethics for Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to GNC’s Form 10-K, filed March 30, 2005.)
  21.1    
Subsidiaries of GNC Corporation. (Filed herewith.)
  31.1    
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith.)
  31.2    
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith.)
  32.1    
Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith.)
 
*   Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been separately filed with the SEC.

112


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
March 10, 2006
     
 
  GNC Corporation
 
  (Registrant)
 
   
 
  /s/ Joseph M. Fortunato
 
   
 
  Joseph M. Fortunato
 
  President and Chief Executive Officer
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
/s/ Joseph M. Fortunato
 
Joseph M. Fortunato
    President and Chief     March 10, 2006
 
  Executive Officer (principal    
 
  executive officer)    
 
       
/s/ Curtis J. Larrimer
 
Curtis J. Larrimer
    Executive Vice President and     March 10, 2006
 
  Chief Financial Officer    
 
  (principal financial and    
 
  accounting officer)    
 
       
/s/ Robert J. DiNicola
 
Robert J. DiNicola
    Executive Chairman of the     March 10, 2006
 
  Board of Directors    
 
       
/s/ Laurence M. Berg
 
Laurence M. Berg
    Director     March 10, 2006
 
       
/s/ Peter P. Copses
 
Peter P. Copses
    Director     March 10, 2006
 
       
/s/ George G. Golleher
 
George G. Golleher
    Director     March 10, 2006
 
       
/s/ Joseph W. Harch
 
Joseph W. Harch
    Director     March 10, 2006
 
       
/s/ Andrew S. Jhawar
 
Andrew S. Jhawar
    Director     March 10, 2006
 
       
/s/ Edgardo A. Mercadante
 
Edgardo A. Mercadante
    Director     March 10, 2006

113